openSUSE Translation Commits
Threads by month
- ----- 2024 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2023 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2022 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2021 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2020 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2019 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2018 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2017 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2016 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2015 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2014 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
November 2014
- 23 participants
- 274 discussions
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 18:15:39 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90766
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po
Log:
drbd.ca.po: more (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2014-11-10 17:15:32 UTC (rev 90765)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2014-11-10 17:15:39 UTC (rev 90766)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 19:49+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 19:09+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -217,7 +217,8 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Arrencada:</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>marqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant l'arrencada</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>marqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant "
+"l'arrencada</p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>marqueu \"Off\", el servidor DRBD s'inicia manualment</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Activeu o desactiveu: On /Off:</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Iniciar o aturar el servidor DRBD ara mateix</p>\n"
@@ -230,21 +231,36 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
+"resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar o suprimir un recurs</p>\n"
+"<p>Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar "
+"o suprimir un recurs</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) "
+"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which "
+"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach "
+"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to "
+"the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
+"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
+"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
+"parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and "
+"the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be "
+"used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/"
+"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
+"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</"
+"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
+"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -252,25 +268,47 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
+"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
+"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
+"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node "
+"was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-"
+"error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
+"DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected "
+"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is "
+"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must "
+"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, "
+"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-"
+"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
+"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
+"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
+"packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
+"write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
+"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
+"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
+"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
+"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
+"KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
+"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
+"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -279,19 +317,26 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuració global del DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
-msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Comprova <b>\"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\"</b> per desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
+"sanity check</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Comprova <b>\"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\"</b> per "
+"desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm.</p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
+"waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
+"seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Refresca el diàleg:</b> El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats fins ara.\n"
+"<p><b>Refresca el diàleg:</b> El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats "
+"fins ara.\n"
"Pot ser que volgueu desactivar-ho si teniu la cònsola del servidor\n"
"connectada a un port sèrie amb capacitats de registre limitades.\n"
"El diàleg mostrarà el recompte cada 'refresca el diàleg' segons,\n"
@@ -330,7 +375,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Addicció d'un drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolliu un drbd de la llista dels detectats.\n"
-"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu <b>Un altre (no detectat)</b>.\n"
+"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu <b>Un altre (no detectat)</"
+"b>.\n"
"Després premeu <b>Configura</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -341,7 +387,8 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Edició o supressió</big></b><br>\n"
-"Si premeu <b>Edita</b>, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n"
+"Si premeu <b>Edita</b>, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu "
+"canviar\n"
"la configuració.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -395,7 +442,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Selecció d'un element</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la codificació. :-)\n"
+"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la "
+"codificació. :-)\n"
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
@@ -426,6 +474,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
+"El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local."
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 18:15:32 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90765
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ca/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po
Log:
RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po: more (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ca/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po 2014-11-10 16:45:26 UTC (rev 90764)
+++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ca.po 2014-11-10 17:15:32 UTC (rev 90765)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: translation(a)suse.de\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:23+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-05 20:45+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -79,6 +79,9 @@
"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool "
"after the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
msgstr ""
+"Com a solució provisional, useu l'eina de la línia d'ordres "
+"<command>localectl</command> després de la instal·lació. Per exemple (per "
+"instal·lar una disposició del teclat alemanya):"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:115(screen)
#, no-wrap
@@ -92,7 +95,7 @@
#. bnc#895447
#: xml/release-notes.xml:123(title)
msgid "Network After an Update With YaST"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "La xarxa després d'una actualització amb el YaST"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 17:45:26 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90764
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po
Log:
storage.ca.po: done (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2014-11-10 16:45:18 UTC (rev 90763)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2014-11-10 16:45:26 UTC (rev 90764)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:42+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 18:38+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n"
#. popup text
#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
@@ -31,10 +31,12 @@
"\n"
"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n"
+"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de "
+"partició de discos durs.\n"
"\n"
"Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n"
-"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n"
+"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu "
+"fent.\n"
"En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n"
"nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n"
"\n"
@@ -165,7 +167,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
-msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel."
+msgstr ""
+"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
@@ -269,7 +272,8 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n"
-"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n"
+"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, "
+"la \n"
"partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -317,7 +321,8 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n"
-"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n"
+"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació "
+"(un \n"
"cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -384,7 +389,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de <b>Linux</b>.\n"
+"<p>Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de "
+"<b>Linux</b>.\n"
"Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n"
"en funció d'aquest valor.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -400,7 +406,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Windows usat</b> és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n"
+"<b>Windows usat</b> és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de "
+"Windows.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
@@ -443,7 +450,8 @@
"la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n"
"\n"
"Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n"
-"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n"
+"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-"
+"ne espai.\n"
"\n"
"Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n"
"Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n"
@@ -520,7 +528,9 @@
#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
-msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada."
+msgstr ""
+"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició "
+"personalitzada."
#. Win NT / 2000
#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
@@ -612,7 +622,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n"
"\n"
-"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n"
+"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el "
+"procés.\n"
"\n"
"Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n"
@@ -657,8 +668,11 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible."
+msgid ""
+"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr ""
+"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la "
+"instal·lació, si està disponible."
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
@@ -674,7 +688,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n"
-"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n"
+"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el "
+"&product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help part 2 of 3
@@ -685,7 +700,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n"
+"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el "
+"&product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help part 3 of 3
@@ -702,7 +718,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"Per als experts existeix l’opció <b>Particionament personalitzat</b>\n"
"que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n"
-"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n"
+"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de "
+"&productes;.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
@@ -785,7 +802,8 @@
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n"
-"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts."
+"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari "
+"estiguin ben establerts."
#. label text
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
@@ -935,8 +953,10 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n"
-"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot <b>suprimir el Windows completament,</b> o bé,\n"
+"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No "
+"hi ha \n"
+"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot <b>suprimir el Windows completament,</b> "
+"o bé,\n"
"<b>encongir</b> la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -951,7 +971,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran \n"
+"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es "
+"perdran \n"
"<b>de forma irreversible</b> durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n"
"partició del Windows, és <b>molt</b> recomanable fer una\n"
"<b>còpia de seguretat de les dades</b>, ja que es realitzarà una\n"
@@ -989,7 +1010,8 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n"
-"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n"
+"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a "
+"una\n"
"partició.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1004,8 +1026,10 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n"
-"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n"
-"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n"
+"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això "
+"probablement comportarà problemes.\n"
+"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts "
+"de muntatge.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1019,7 +1043,8 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n"
-"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n"
+"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers "
+"Linux\n"
"com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1034,7 +1059,8 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n"
-"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n"
+"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de "
+"fitxers Linux \n"
"com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1084,7 +1110,8 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n"
-"Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n"
+"Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és "
+"necessària.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1102,7 +1129,8 @@
"Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n"
-"Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n"
+"Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /"
+"boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n"
" Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n"
"Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n"
"0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1122,9 +1150,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n"
-"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n"
+"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició "
+"acaba\n"
"en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n"
-"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n"
+"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa "
+"que la instal·lació \n"
"de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1137,7 +1167,8 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n"
-"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n"
+"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar "
+"problemes.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1151,10 +1182,12 @@
"\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n"
+"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la "
+"instal·lació de %1\n"
"no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n"
"els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n"
-"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n"
+"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta "
+"configuració.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1220,14 +1253,16 @@
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
+"\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n"
-"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n"
+"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició "
+"d'intercanvi.\n"
"Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n"
"principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n"
"Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n"
@@ -1244,7 +1279,8 @@
"particularly in any of the following cases:\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n"
+"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es "
+"formatarà.\n"
"El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n"
"els casos següents:\n"
@@ -1265,11 +1301,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
+"points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n"
-"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n"
+"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu "
+"aquesta partició\n"
+"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de "
+"muntatge estàndard\n"
"com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
@@ -1338,20 +1377,25 @@
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
-"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n"
+"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició "
+"lògica i \n"
"ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
+"mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
+"extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n"
+"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest "
+"moment:\n"
"%1\n"
-"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
+"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la "
+"partició ampliada.\n"
"Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1365,7 +1409,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n"
-"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
+"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions "
+"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
@@ -1514,26 +1559,32 @@
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
+"disabled, \n"
"this is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Munta en /etc/fstab per:</b>\n"
"normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n"
-"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n"
-"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n"
-"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n"
+"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de "
+"fitxers que\n"
+"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els "
+"sistemes de fitxers\n"
+"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està "
+"inhabilitada,\n"
"això no serà possible.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
+"makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Etiqueta del volum:</b>\n"
-"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n"
+"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En "
+"general, només\n"
"és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n"
"L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n"
@@ -1656,11 +1707,13 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n"
-"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n"
+"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de "
+"sistema de fitxers),\n"
"es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n"
"\n"
"Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n"
-"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n"
+"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu "
+"coneixements \n"
"de com funciona.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu continuar?\n"
@@ -1674,7 +1727,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n"
-"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers."
+"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de "
+"fitxers."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308
@@ -1685,7 +1739,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n"
-"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers."
+"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de "
+"fitxers."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320
@@ -1745,7 +1800,8 @@
"Shrink the file system now?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n"
+"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció "
+"està\n"
"poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?"
@@ -1755,7 +1811,8 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
+"partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n"
@@ -1815,7 +1872,9 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs "
+"amb Snapper.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566
@@ -1915,16 +1974,19 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
+"tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n"
+"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com "
+"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n"
"Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n"
-"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n"
+"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu "
+"totes\n"
"les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1934,16 +1996,20 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
+"system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n"
-"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n"
-"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n"
+"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de "
+"fitxers.\n"
+"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de "
+"lletres\n"
+"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, "
+"l'haureu\n"
"d'escriure dues vegades.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1953,13 +2019,15 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
+"at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n"
+"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha "
+"de tenir com a\n"
"mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n"
"(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2007,14 +2075,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
+"is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n"
-"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar <b>Omet</b>. En aquest cas,\n"
+"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar <b>Omet</b>. En aquest "
+"cas,\n"
"no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2035,7 +2105,8 @@
"\n"
"És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n"
"\n"
-"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n"
+"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu "
+"d'eliminar\n"
"l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
@@ -2073,7 +2144,8 @@
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n"
-"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n"
+"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament "
+"correcte del sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n"
" \n"
@@ -2088,7 +2160,8 @@
"nonloopbacked file system.\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n"
-"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
+"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot"
+"\",\n"
"/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n"
"sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n"
@@ -2125,7 +2198,8 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
-msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap."
+msgstr ""
+"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap."
#. && mount!="swap" )
#. error popup text
@@ -2144,8 +2218,11 @@
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259
-msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un "
+"punt de muntatge."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268
@@ -2254,7 +2331,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat."
+msgstr ""
+"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat."
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
@@ -2338,7 +2416,8 @@
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n"
-"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu.</p>"
+"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el "
+"dispositiu.</p>"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
@@ -2712,11 +2791,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
+"existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n"
-"volum, seleccioneu <b>Encriptar el dispositiu</b>. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n"
+"volum, seleccioneu <b>Encriptar el dispositiu</b>. Canviar l'encriptació "
+"d'un volum ja existent\n"
"n'esborrarà totes les dades.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -2816,8 +2897,10 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n"
-"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n"
+"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu "
+"deixar buida\n"
+"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi "
+"no es podrà\n"
"utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2928,7 +3011,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
-msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2."
+msgstr ""
+"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2."
#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
@@ -2943,7 +3027,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n"
"Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n"
-"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n"
+"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina "
+"de\n"
"redimensionar-lo. "
#. label for log view
@@ -2989,7 +3074,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n"
"del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n"
-"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.</p>\n"
+"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums "
+"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161
@@ -3053,7 +3139,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
msgid "Device Graph"
-msgstr "Gràfic del dispositiu"
+msgstr "Gràfic de dispositius"
#. button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
@@ -3078,7 +3164,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
msgid "Mount Graph"
-msgstr " Muntatge de Graph"
+msgstr "Gràfic de muntatge"
#. button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
@@ -3474,7 +3560,8 @@
"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n"
-"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.</p>\n"
+"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves "
+"particions.</p>\n"
#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool)
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320
@@ -3552,7 +3639,8 @@
"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n"
-"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n"
+"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a "
+"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n"
"multicamí.</p>\n"
#. tab heading
@@ -3586,8 +3674,10 @@
"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n"
"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n"
-"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.</p>\n"
+"<p>El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes "
+"Linux\n"
+"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han "
+"trobat.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
@@ -3649,7 +3739,8 @@
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
"La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n"
-"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n"
+"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de "
+"volums\n"
"i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
@@ -3752,11 +3843,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
+"file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle</b><br>Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n"
+"<p><b>Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle</b><br>Ha de ser un camí absolut al "
+"fitxer\n"
"que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3768,7 +3861,8 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Crea un fitxer de bucle</b><br>Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n"
+"<p><b>Crea un fitxer de bucle</b><br>Si aquesta opció està activada, el "
+"fitxer es\n"
"crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. <b>NOTA:</b> si el fitxer \n"
"ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.</p>\n"
@@ -3794,8 +3888,10 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b>NOTA:</b> durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n"
-"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n"
-"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n"
+"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no "
+"es pot\n"
+"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per "
+"tant,\n"
"aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.</p>\n"
#. input field label
@@ -3976,7 +4072,9 @@
#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?"
+msgstr ""
+"Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics "
+"que s'hi relacionen?"
#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
@@ -3984,7 +4082,8 @@
"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n"
"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\""
msgstr ""
-"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n"
+"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física "
+"ampliada\n"
"més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"."
#. error popup text
@@ -4018,12 +4117,14 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou.</p> "
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou.</p> "
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums.</p>"
#. label for input field
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
@@ -4056,7 +4157,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
+"higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n"
@@ -4074,10 +4176,13 @@
"Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count."
msgstr ""
"<p>Els anomenats<b>Volums Prims</b> poden ser creats\n"
-"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n"
-"assignades per <b>Thin Pool</b>. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n"
+"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les "
+"necessitats \n"
+"assignades per <b>Thin Pool</b>. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida "
+"més grossa\n"
"que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n"
-"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n"
+"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les "
+"necessitats d'espai.\n"
"Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count."
#. heading for frame
@@ -4111,30 +4216,36 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
+"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a <b>Volum normal</b>.\n"
-"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de <b> Provisió Thin</b> exisistís.\n"
+"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums "
+"abans que la característica de <b> Provisió Thin</b> exisistís.\n"
"Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
+"such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"Això significa que <b>Volums Prims</b> situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'.</p>"
+"Això significa que <b>Volums Prims</b> situa l'espai necessari segons les "
+"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</"
+"b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a <b>Volum Prim</b>.\n"
-"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
+"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats "
+"de <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
#. heading for frame
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
@@ -4188,13 +4299,17 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
+"unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
-"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n"
+"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de "
+"volums.\n"
"\n"
-"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n"
-"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui."
+"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus "
+"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n"
+"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons "
+"calgui."
#. error popup
#. error popup
@@ -4404,7 +4519,8 @@
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n"
+"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests "
+"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n"
"de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n"
"Segur que voleu sortir-ne?"
@@ -4425,8 +4541,12 @@
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
-msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client."
+msgid ""
+"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet "
+"yast2-nfs-client."
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
@@ -4457,21 +4577,26 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
+"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n"
-"<b>NO</b> existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.</p>\n"
+"<b>NO</b> existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és "
+"possible si un dels discos falla.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
+"on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
+"partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 1</b> <br>Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n"
-"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n"
+"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades "
+"d'un disc\n"
"als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n"
"Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.</p>\n"
@@ -4479,11 +4604,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
+"disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
+"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5</b> <br>Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n"
-"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades</p>\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5</b> <br>Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de "
+"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer "
+"servir en tres discos o més.\n"
+"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si "
+"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4492,7 +4622,8 @@
"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nom del RAID</b> us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n"
+"<p><b>Nom del RAID</b> us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom "
+"significatiu\n"
"al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n"
"disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.</p>\n"
@@ -4500,12 +4631,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
+"the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n"
-"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n"
-"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</p>\n"
+"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID "
+"0), la mida\n"
+"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</"
+"p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
@@ -4568,12 +4703,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
+"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
+"the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida elemental:</b><br>És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n"
-"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n"
-"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.</p>\n"
+"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable "
+"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n"
+"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental "
+"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
@@ -4583,10 +4722,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
+"with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n"
-"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.</p>\n"
+"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics "
+"amb plats rotatoris.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -4867,17 +5008,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</"
+"i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
+"and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Muntatge per defecte</b> us dóna el muntatge per\n"
-"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. <i>Nom del dispostiu</i> usa el nom del \n"
-"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. <i>ID del dispositiu</i> i <i>Camí del dispositiu</i>\n"
-"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n"
+"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. <i>Nom del dispostiu</i> usa "
+"el nom del \n"
+"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. <i>ID del dispositiu</i> i "
+"<i>Camí del dispositiu</i>\n"
+"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria "
+"de ser\n"
"persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment <i>UUID</i> i\n"
-"<i>Etiqueta del volum</i> usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.</p>\n"
+"<i>Etiqueta del volum</i> usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers."
+"</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
@@ -4886,19 +5033,25 @@
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sistema de fitxers per defecte</b> indica\n"
-"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.</p>\n"
+"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers "
+"nous.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
+"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
+"aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Alineació de les noves particions creades</b>\n"
-"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. <b>Cilindre</b> és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. <b>Òptim</b> alinea les \n"
-"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n"
+"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. <b>Cilindre</b> és "
+"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. <b>Òptim</b> "
+"alinea les \n"
+"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el "
+"nucli de Linux \n"
"o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4990,7 +5143,8 @@
"all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?"
msgstr ""
"Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n"
-"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?"
+"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-"
+"los?"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -5152,7 +5306,8 @@
msgstr ""
"El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n"
"\n"
-"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n"
+"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de "
+"classe\n"
"per línia. Exemple:"
#. popup text
@@ -5162,32 +5317,42 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?"
-msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?"
+msgstr ""
+"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
+"cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n"
-"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n"
+"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a "
+"molts casos\n"
"se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). </p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
+"the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
+"in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
+"currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n"
-"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n"
-"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n"
-"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n"
+"<p>Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret "
+"sobre\n"
+"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. "
+"Prement \n"
+"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una "
+"classe\n"
+"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar "
+"els que \n"
"ja estan seleccionats a la classe.</p>"
#. dialog help text
@@ -5213,11 +5378,15 @@
msgid ""
"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
+"follow."
msgstr ""
-"<b>Intercalat</b> fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n"
-"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n"
-"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament."
+"<b>Intercalat</b> fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el "
+"primer de la \n"
+"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. "
+"Llavors, \n"
+"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així "
+"successivament."
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369
@@ -5226,29 +5395,39 @@
"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n"
"order in the RAID to be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n"
-"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n"
+"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de "
+"dispositius.\n"
+"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a "
+"odre per al RAID \n"
"que s'ha de crear.</p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
+"devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
+"expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
+"part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
+"then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
"Prement el botó \"<b>%1</b>\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n"
-"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n"
-"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n"
+"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A"
+"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n"
+"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió "
+"regular es \n"
"fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n"
-"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n"
+"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-"
+"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n"
"de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n"
+"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del "
+"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n"
"expressió regular.</p>"
#. headline text
@@ -5273,7 +5452,8 @@
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
-"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n"
+"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G "
+"o %.\n"
"El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar."
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
@@ -5284,12 +5464,15 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
+"Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida de Tmpfs:</b>\n"
-"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n"
-"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria.<p>"
+"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o "
+"Gigabyte o bé\n"
+"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el "
+"percentatge de la memòria.<p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
@@ -5308,7 +5491,8 @@
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prioritat d'intercanvi</b>\n"
-"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.</p>\n"
+"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran "
+"serà la prioritat.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
@@ -5319,11 +5503,13 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
+"installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Munta només de lectura:</b>\n"
-"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n"
+"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant "
+"la instal·lació\n"
"el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura.</p>"
#. button text
@@ -5338,7 +5524,8 @@
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sense hora d'accés</b>\n"
-"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.</p>\n"
+"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció "
+"predeterminada és fals.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
@@ -5352,7 +5539,8 @@
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pot ser muntat per un usuari</b>\n"
-"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".</p>\n"
+"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és "
+"\"als\".</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
@@ -5365,13 +5553,17 @@
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></"
+"tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
+"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>No es munta durant l'inici del sistema</b>\n"
-"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n"
+"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el "
+"sistema.\n"
"S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n"
-"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n"
+"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <"
+"punt_muntatge></tt>\n"
"(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n"
"L'opció predeterminada és fals.</p>\n"
@@ -5404,16 +5596,20 @@
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
+"impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mode de registre de dades:</b>\n"
"determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n"
"<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n"
"al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n"
-"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.</p>\n"
+"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en "
+"el rendiment.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el "
+"rendiment.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
@@ -5449,18 +5645,24 @@
msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari"
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
-msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
-msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni "
+"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
+"etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Valor d’opció arbitrari:</b>\n"
-"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n"
+"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart "
+"camp de /etc/fstab.\n"
"Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5475,7 +5677,8 @@
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers</b>\n"
-"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.</p>\n"
+"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels "
+"fitxers de les particions del Windows.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
@@ -5486,10 +5689,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
+"systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts</b>\n"
-"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.</p>\n"
+"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts "
+"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
@@ -5500,10 +5705,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
+"is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nombre de FATS:</b>\n"
-"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2.</p>"
+"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de "
+"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
@@ -5514,10 +5721,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
+"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
+"for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida de FAT</b>\n"
-"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
+"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza "
+"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament "
+"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
@@ -5527,7 +5738,9 @@
#. popup text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar."
+msgstr ""
+"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a "
+"provar."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
@@ -5547,10 +5760,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
+"in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Funció Hash:</b>\n"
-"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.</p>\n"
+"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els "
+"noms de fitxers dels directoris.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
@@ -5561,10 +5776,16 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
+"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
+"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
+"2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Revisió d'FS</b>\n"
-"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.</p>\n"
+"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El "
+"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries "
+"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del "
+"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5576,10 +5797,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
+"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
+"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida dels blocs</b>\n"
-"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.</p>\n"
+"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són "
+"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la "
+"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5595,7 +5820,8 @@
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida dels nodes d'identificació</b>\n"
-"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
+"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de "
+"fitxers.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
@@ -5606,10 +5832,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
+"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació</b>\n"
-"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.</p>\n"
+"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de "
+"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
@@ -5620,13 +5848,16 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
+"or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Node alineat</b>\n"
-"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n"
-"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n"
+"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes "
+"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n"
+"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes "
+"d'identificació\n"
"normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5648,10 +5879,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
+"aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida dels registres</b>\n"
-"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.</p>\n"
+"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, "
+"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
@@ -5681,17 +5914,24 @@
"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Longitud del pas en blocs</b>\n"
-"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n"
-"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.</p>\n"
+"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. "
+"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n"
+"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs "
+"en un llistat RAID.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
+"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
+"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida dels blocs</b>\n"
-"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.</p>\n"
+"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són "
+"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, "
+"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús "
+"que se n'espera.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
@@ -5707,16 +5947,23 @@
"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n"
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
+"reasonable\n"
"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bytes per node d'identificació</b>\n"
-"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n"
-"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n"
-" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n"
-"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n"
-"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n"
-"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.</p>\n"
+"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea "
+"un node d'identificació per a cada\n"
+"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la "
+"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n"
+" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de "
+"ser més petit que la mida\n"
+"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran "
+"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n"
+"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació "
+"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n"
+"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor "
+"correcte per al paràmetre.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
@@ -5729,14 +5976,23 @@
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
msgstr ""
-"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n"
+"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és "
+"incorrecte.\n"
"Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n"
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
-msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari:</b> s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
+"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
+"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
+"default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari:</b> "
+"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor "
+"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit "
+"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
@@ -5764,7 +6020,8 @@
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Índex de directori:</b>\n"
-"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.</p>\n"
+"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en "
+"directoris grans.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
@@ -5775,11 +6032,13 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
+"really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sense historial:</b>\n"
-"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n"
+"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan "
+"estigueu segurs\n"
"del que feu.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
@@ -5908,7 +6167,8 @@
"Try again."
msgstr ""
"La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n"
-"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
+"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels "
+"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
"Torneu-ho a provar."
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
@@ -6006,8 +6266,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
-msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
-msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús."
+msgid ""
+"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgstr ""
+"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús."
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
msgid ""
@@ -6068,7 +6330,8 @@
"device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n"
+"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera "
+"indirecta\n"
"el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
@@ -6208,7 +6471,8 @@
"the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks."
msgstr ""
"L'opció <b>Bus</b> indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n"
-"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí."
+"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs "
+"multicamí."
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239
@@ -6355,23 +6619,29 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
msgid ""
"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
+"by\n"
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'opció <b>Muntat per</b> indica com està muntat\n"
-"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n"
+"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, "
+"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu "
+"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
msgid ""
"A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
+"volume\n"
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n"
-"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n"
-"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n"
+"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està "
+"muntat\n"
+"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres "
+"d'aquest volum\n"
"el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -6387,7 +6657,8 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
+"it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
"Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n"
@@ -6456,7 +6727,8 @@
"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'opció <b>Bandes</b> mostra el nombre de bandes\n"
-"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n"
+"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la "
+"banda entre parèntesis.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
@@ -6492,7 +6764,8 @@
"e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'opció <b>Usat per</b> mostra si un dispositiu\n"
-"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n"
+"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests "
+"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
@@ -6752,8 +7025,12 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
-msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
-msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows."
+msgid ""
+"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
+"under Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. "
+"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
@@ -6801,8 +7078,10 @@
"enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n"
"size for the root partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n"
-"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n"
+"<p>El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a "
+"través\n"
+"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la "
+"proposta pot\n"
"habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n"
"la mida de la partició d'arrel.</p>"
@@ -6813,7 +7092,8 @@
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n"
-"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable.</p>"
+"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú "
+"desplegable.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
@@ -6821,7 +7101,8 @@
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n"
+"<p>La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en "
+"suspensió\n"
"al disc en la majoria de casos.</p>"
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
@@ -6950,18 +7231,23 @@
#~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available"
#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available."
-#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està "
+#~ "disponible"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
-#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n"
-#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n"
+#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file "
+#~ "system,\n"
+#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /"
+#~ "boot.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n"
-#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n"
+#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt "
+#~ "de muntatge.\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Export Device Graph..."
@@ -6993,7 +7279,8 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n"
+#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de "
+#~ "suprimir-lo.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n"
@@ -7047,16 +7334,22 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
-#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n"
-#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n"
+#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
+#~ "tmp.\n"
+#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will "
+#~ "create \n"
+#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose "
+#~ "all \n"
#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n"
-#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n"
-#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n"
+#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com "
+#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n"
+#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us "
+#~ "crearà \n"
+#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que "
+#~ "perdreu totes \n"
#~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -7120,15 +7413,20 @@
#~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous.</p>"
#~ msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr "<P>Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge <BR>premeu el botó <B>Sí</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge <BR>premeu el "
+#~ "botó <B>Sí</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "<P>To ignore these mount points, <BR> press <B>No</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr "<P>Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge <BR>premeu el botó <B>No</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge <BR>premeu el botó <B>No</"
+#~ "B>.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
#~ "for your new installation?"
-#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90763 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 17:45:18 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90763
Modified:
branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po
Log:
storage.ca.po: done (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po
===================================================================
--- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2014-11-10 12:15:57 UTC (rev 90762)
+++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2014-11-10 16:45:18 UTC (rev 90763)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-18 09:34+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 18:38+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n"
#. popup text
#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
@@ -85,21 +85,16 @@
#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
-msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..."
-msgstr "&Edita la configuració de partició..."
+msgid "&Expert Partitioner..."
+msgstr "Partidor en mode &expert"
#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80
msgid "&Create Partition Setup..."
msgstr "&Crea una configuració de partició..."
-#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:82
-msgid "&Import Partition Setup..."
-msgstr "&Crea una configuració de partició..."
-
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:118
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
@@ -108,8 +103,17 @@
"No és possible elaborar una proposta automàtica.\n"
"Especifiqueu manualment els punts de muntatge al diàleg del \"Partidor\"."
+#. TRANSLATORS: button text
+#. this is the resize case
+#.
+#. this is the normal case
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
+msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
+msgstr "Editar els paràmetres proposats"
+
#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:161
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -121,7 +125,7 @@
#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:172
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -136,24 +140,9 @@
"expert.</p>\n"
#. help text continued
-#. %1 is replaced by button text
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n"
-"system choose <b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\n"
-"afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Si només voleu fer petites modificacions a la configuració\n"
-"proposada (com ara modificar els tipus de sistemes de fitxers), trieu\n"
-"<b>%1</b> i feu les modificacions en el diàleg del partidor en mode\n"
-"Expert.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:202
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
"your own partition setup starting with the partitions \n"
"currently present on the disks. Select\n"
@@ -169,25 +158,24 @@
"Aquesta mateixa opció s'ha de seleccionar per a\n"
"opcions avançades com ara RAID i xifratge.</p>\n"
-#. help text continued
-#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:219
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:261
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "No s'ha pogut crear la proposta que heu sol·licitat."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:265 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:455
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
+msgstr ""
+"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar una /home separada."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:376
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -538,7 +526,7 @@
"\t "
#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:95
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
msgstr ""
"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició "
@@ -547,7 +535,7 @@
#. Win NT / 2000
#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:274
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268
msgid ""
"An error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -570,7 +558,7 @@
#. local error
#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user
#. he can go back in the installation or abort it.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:293
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287
msgid ""
"The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n"
"\n"
@@ -589,7 +577,7 @@
#. OK --> No NT or 2000
#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows.
#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:314
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308
msgid ""
"You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n"
"In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n"
@@ -618,13 +606,13 @@
"Esteu segur que voleu reduir la mida de la partició de Windows?\n"
#. button text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:335
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329
msgid "&Shrink Windows"
msgstr "Encongeix el Window&s"
#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows.
#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:351
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345
msgid ""
"You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n"
"\n"
@@ -640,12 +628,12 @@
"Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n"
#. button text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356
msgid "&Delete Windows"
msgstr "&Suprimeix el Windows"
#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:429
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423
msgid ""
"Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n"
"the disk is too small. \n"
@@ -738,8 +726,8 @@
#. Information what to do, background information
#. Information what to do, background information
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:247
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
msgstr "S'està preparant el disc dur..."
@@ -828,7 +816,7 @@
msgstr "Mètode de &partició"
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:68
+#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69
msgid "Saving file system configuration..."
msgstr "S'està desant la configuració del sistema de fitxers..."
@@ -895,8 +883,7 @@
msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition"
msgstr "&Encongeix la partició del Windows"
-#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning
-#. part 1 of 4
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -907,7 +894,7 @@
"Seleccioneu en quin lloc del disc dur s'instal·larà el &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. helptext, part 2 of 4
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -920,8 +907,8 @@
"les particions o espais lliures mostrats.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. helptext, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:226
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n"
@@ -935,8 +922,8 @@
"fins i tot pot afectar altres sistemes operatius.\n"
"</p>"
-#. helptext, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:237
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n"
@@ -950,14 +937,14 @@
#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:252
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306
msgid "Installing on:"
msgstr "S'està instal·lant a:"
#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning
#. part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:283
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n"
@@ -974,7 +961,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:293
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n"
@@ -994,29 +981,27 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Label text
-#. Label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:344
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6040
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Suggereix una partició &inicial separada"
#. Label text
-#. Label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:360
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6009
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357
msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgstr "Crea una proposta basada en &LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368
msgid "Encrypt Volume Group"
msgstr "Encripta el Grup de Volum "
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373
msgid "Proposal type"
msgstr "Tipus de proposta"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1032,7 +1017,7 @@
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:226
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1049,7 +1034,7 @@
"Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:239
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1065,7 +1050,7 @@
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1081,7 +1066,7 @@
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:268
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1102,7 +1087,7 @@
"Realment ho voleu així?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1116,10 +1101,24 @@
"\n"
"Voleu realment mantenir aquesta mida per a la partició /boot?\n"
+#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
+msgid ""
+"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
+"To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really use this setup?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n"
+"Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és "
+"necessària.\n"
+"\n"
+"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
+
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:312
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1139,7 +1138,7 @@
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició d'arrencada?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:332
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1160,8 +1159,21 @@
"\n"
"Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n"
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398
+msgid ""
+"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
+"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really use this setup?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n"
+"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar "
+"problemes.\n"
+"\n"
+"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1180,31 +1192,8 @@
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
msgid ""
-"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
-"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
-"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
-"This does not work.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
-"partition for your files below /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Really use this setup?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual podeu tenir problemes per\n"
-"arrencar la instal·lació de %1, ja que\n"
-"no té partició \"boot\" i la partició \"root\" és un volum lògic LVM.\n"
-"Aquesta configuració no funcionarà.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si no teniu coneixements de com funciona, és recomanable que feu ús\n"
-"d'una partició normal per als vostres fitxers per sota de /boot.\n"
-"\n"
-"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:399
-msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
"FAT partition mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -1228,7 +1217,7 @@
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1253,12 +1242,12 @@
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:444
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Realment voleu fer servir aquests paràmetres?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:452
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1282,7 +1271,7 @@
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració sense partició d'intercanvi?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:468
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1296,7 +1285,7 @@
"els casos següents:\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1309,7 +1298,7 @@
"- si la partició encara no conté un sistema de fitxers\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
@@ -1323,7 +1312,7 @@
"com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:488
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1334,7 +1323,7 @@
"Realment voleu mantenir aquesta partició sense formatar?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:541
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1343,7 +1332,7 @@
"Extraieu-lo del RAID abans d'editar-lo.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:552
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1352,7 +1341,7 @@
"Extraieu-lo del grup de volum abans d'editar-lo.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:562
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1361,7 +1350,7 @@
"Extraieu-lo del volum abans d'editar-lo.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1370,7 +1359,7 @@
"Extraieu-lo del RAID abans de suprimir-lo.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1378,12 +1367,12 @@
"%1 utilitza el dispositiu (%2).\n"
"Suprimiu %1 abans de suprimir el dispositiu.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:618
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "No es pot esborrar mentre estigui muntat."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1393,7 +1382,7 @@
"ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:730
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
"mounted:\n"
@@ -1410,7 +1399,7 @@
"Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:748
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1424,7 +1413,7 @@
"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:759
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1438,7 +1427,7 @@
"dels sistemes RAID respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:770
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1451,30 +1440,30 @@
"abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per al sistema de fitxers xifrat."
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6139
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "No oblideu el que escriviu aquí!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Es permet deixar buida la contrasenya."
#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:85
msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1"
msgstr "Contrasenya per al sistema de fitxers xifrats de %1"
#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory
#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"Enter your encryption password for\n"
"device %1 mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1483,7 +1472,7 @@
"dispositiu %1 muntat a %2.\n"
#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:122
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System"
msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per al sistema de fitxers xifrat."
@@ -1491,8 +1480,8 @@
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "Introduïu una &contrasenya per al sistema de fitxers:"
@@ -1502,18 +1491,18 @@
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Torneu a introduir la contrasenya per &verificar-la:"
#. Cancel button
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:160
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Omet"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:189
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match!\n"
@@ -1525,8 +1514,8 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3880
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1536,8 +1525,8 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3888
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1545,17 +1534,17 @@
"La contrasenya ha de tenir com a mínim %1 caràcters.\n"
"Torneu-ho a provar.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:238
msgid "No floating point number."
msgstr "Sense número de punt flotant."
#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:362
msgid "File system options:"
msgstr "Opcions del sistema de fitxers:"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:444
msgid ""
"The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n"
"Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n"
@@ -1564,7 +1553,7 @@
"Canvieu l'etiqueta del volum per tal que no contingui aquest caràcter.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n"
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
@@ -1585,7 +1574,7 @@
"això no serà possible.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
@@ -1600,39 +1589,44 @@
"L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by"
msgstr "Munta a /etc/fstab per"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Device Name"
msgstr "Nom del &dispositiu"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:509
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:545
msgid "Volume &Label"
msgstr "&Etiqueta del volum"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516
+msgid "&UUID"
+msgstr "&UUID"
+
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:526
msgid "Device &ID"
msgstr "&Identificador del dispositiu"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:533
msgid "Device &Path"
msgstr "&Camí al dispositiu"
#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:673
msgid "Fstab Options:"
msgstr "Opcions &Fstab:"
#. popup text %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:847
msgid ""
"\n"
"Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n"
@@ -1643,62 +1637,62 @@
"seleccionat és de %1. L’etiqueta del volum s’ha tallat a aquesta longitud.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label."
msgstr "Introduïu una etiqueta de volum si voleu muntar per etiquetes."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:881
msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr "Aquesta etiqueta de volum ja està en ús. Seleccioneu-ne una altra."
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1050
msgid "File &System"
msgstr "Sistema de &fitxers"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1056
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1057
msgid "O&ptions..."
msgstr "&Opcions..."
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1072
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1073
msgid "&Encrypt Device"
msgstr "&Encripta el dispositiu"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1147
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "File system &ID:"
msgstr "&Identificador del sistema de fitxers:"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1180
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Formata"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1189
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1190
msgid "Do ¬ format"
msgstr "&No formatis"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1199
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1200
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formata"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1252
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1253
msgid "Fs&tab Options"
msgstr "Opcions fs&tab"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1259
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Punt de &muntatge"
#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1272
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1725,7 +1719,7 @@
"Voleu continuar?\n"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1301
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1737,7 +1731,7 @@
"fitxers."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1307
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1749,21 +1743,21 @@
"fitxers."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
msgstr "Si reduïu aquesta partició, es poden perdre dades."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1325
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
msgstr "Si reduïu aquest volum lògic, es poden perdre dades."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1329
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr "Voleu continuar?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1345
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1346
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1774,7 +1768,7 @@
"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten ampliar un sistema de fitxers."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1352
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1784,20 +1778,20 @@
"El YaST2 no pot ampliar el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic seleccionat.\n"
"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten ampliar un sistema de fitxers."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1360
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361
msgid "Continue resizing?"
msgstr "Voleu continuar?"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378
msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Heu reduït una partició que té un sistema de fitxers reiser."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1379
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Heu reduït un volum lògic que té un sistema de fitxers reiser."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387
msgid ""
"\n"
"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1812,28 +1806,8 @@
"\n"
"Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1409
-msgid "No unsaved changes exist."
-msgstr "No hi ha canvis sense desar."
-
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1416
-msgid "Changes:"
-msgstr "Canvis:"
-
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1428
-msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?"
-msgstr "Segur que voleu executar aquests canvis?"
-
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1434
-msgid "&Apply"
-msgstr "A&plica"
-
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1494
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1441
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1848,7 +1822,7 @@
"Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1517
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1464
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1863,7 +1837,7 @@
"suprimir el dispositiu.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1528
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1878,7 +1852,7 @@
"suprimir el dispositiu.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1539
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1892,47 +1866,57 @@
"suprimir el dispositiu.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1598
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Create and remove subvolumes \n"
-"from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547
+msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Crea i elimina subvolums d'un sistema de fitxers Btrfs.</p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552
+msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs "
+"amb Snapper.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566
msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
msgstr "Subvolums existents:"
#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1618
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1572
msgid "New Subvolume"
msgstr "Nou subvolum"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1624
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1578
msgid "Add new"
msgstr "Afegeix-ne un de nou"
#. button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1630
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1584
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Suprimeix"
+#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
+msgid "Enable Snapshots"
+msgstr "Habilita instantànies"
+
#. heading text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1640
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:418
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:420
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Gestió de subvolum"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1698
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "No es permet un nom de subvolum buit."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1674
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1940,11 +1924,11 @@
"Només es permeten noms de subvolums que comencin amb \"%1\"!\n"
"Establint automàticament com a pendent el nom \"%1\" per al subvolum."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Ja existeix un subvolum amb el nom %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1731
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Es perdrean les modificacions fetes fins ara en aquest diàleg."
@@ -1987,7 +1971,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
@@ -2009,7 +1993,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
@@ -2032,7 +2016,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
@@ -2066,7 +2050,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2125,14 +2109,19 @@
"d'eliminar\n"
"l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:186
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
msgid ""
-"Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \n"
+"Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n"
"boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n"
"GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n"
"\n"
"You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n"
msgstr ""
+"Avís: el vostre sistema estableix que necessita una configuració \n"
+"d'arrencada EFI. Ja que el disc seleccionat no conté una etiqueta de disc \n"
+"GPT, el YaST hi crearà una etiqueta GPT.\n"
+"\n"
+"Heu de marcar totes les particions del disc per eliminar.\n"
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62
@@ -2251,9 +2240,18 @@
msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
msgstr "El punt de muntatge ha de començar amb \"/\""
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:283
+msgid ""
+"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
+"to a device without a swap file system."
+msgstr ""
+"No és permès d'assignar un punt de muntatge d'intercanvi\n"
+"a un dispositiu sense un sistema de fitxers d'intercanvi."
+
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:310
msgid ""
"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
@@ -2262,7 +2260,7 @@
"Aquest sistema de fitxers ha d'ocupar com a mínim %2.\n"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:378
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:380
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
@@ -2271,7 +2269,7 @@
"a un dispositiu que tingui un sistema de fitxers no existent o desconegut."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:495
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:502
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2295,12 +2293,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "El sistema de fitxers està muntat actualment a %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2310,12 +2308,12 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:984
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Desmunta"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2323,21 +2321,21 @@
"Podeu provar de desmuntar-ho ara o cancel·lar.\n"
"Cliqueu a cancel·lar si no saber exactament què esteu fent."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "No es pot encongir el sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1034
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "No es pot engrandir el sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat."
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr "Torna a escanejar els dispositius"
@@ -2347,47 +2345,52 @@
msgstr "Importa els punts de muntatge..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya &Crypt..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "Configura l'&iSCSI "
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
+msgstr "Configuració de &FCoE..."
+
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr "Configura el &multicamí..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "Configura el &DASD..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "Configura el &zFCP..."
#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "Configura l'&XPRAM..."
#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "Configura..."
#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr "Emmagatzematge disponible a %1"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
@@ -2396,7 +2399,7 @@
"d'emmagatzematge disponibles.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -2407,7 +2410,7 @@
"sobre el dispositiu.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
@@ -2417,7 +2420,7 @@
"dispositiu.</p>"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
@@ -2426,7 +2429,7 @@
"tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar els discs?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
@@ -2435,9 +2438,18 @@
"canvis actuals. Segur que voleu activar la configuració d'iSCSI?"
#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+msgid ""
+"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
+"Really call FCoE configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+"La crida de la configuració FCoE cancel·la tots els canvis actuals.\n"
+"Realment cridar la configuració FCoE?"
+
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
@@ -2446,7 +2458,7 @@
"canvis actuals. Segur que voleu activar la configuració de multicamí?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
@@ -2455,7 +2467,7 @@
"canvis actuals. Segur que voleu activar la configuració de DASD?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
@@ -2464,7 +2476,7 @@
"canvis actuals. Segur que voleu activar la configuració de zFCP?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2473,35 +2485,35 @@
"canvis actuals. Segur que voleu activar la configuració d'XPRAM?"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Edit Btrfs %1"
msgstr "Edita Btrfs %1"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151
msgid "Select at least one device."
msgstr "Seleccioneu com a mínim un dispositiu."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:173
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175
msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Canvieu els dispositius que són utilitzats pel volum Btrfs.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Unused Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositius no utilitzats:"
#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:218
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531
msgid "Selected Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositius seleccionats:"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:289
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291
msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1"
msgstr "Canvia la mida del volum Btrfs %1"
@@ -2530,6 +2542,7 @@
msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices."
msgstr "No s'han pogut suprimir alguns dispositius físics."
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -2599,30 +2612,7 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
@@ -2630,6 +2620,10 @@
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Edita"
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. disabled, see bnc #832196
+#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -2653,7 +2647,7 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
@@ -2662,26 +2656,20 @@
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Suprimeix"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
-msgid "Resize"
-msgstr "Redimensiona"
-
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:121
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130
msgid "Btrfs Volumes"
msgstr "Volums Btrfs "
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:192
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
@@ -2689,23 +2677,32 @@
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr "Edita..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. disabled, see bnc #832196
+#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:132
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61
-msgid "Resize..."
-msgstr "Canvia la mida..."
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
+msgid "Delete..."
+msgstr "Suprimeix..."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:141
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154
msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aquesta vista mostra tots els volums Btrfs.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:200
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -2714,7 +2711,7 @@
"el volum Btrfs seleccionat.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:276
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -2723,7 +2720,7 @@
"que utilitza el volum Btrfs seleccionat.</p>\n"
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330
msgid "Btrfs Device: %1"
msgstr "Dispositiu Btrfs: %1"
@@ -2733,7 +2730,7 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:324
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315
@@ -2745,14 +2742,44 @@
#. push button text
#. tab heading
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317
msgid "&Used Devices"
msgstr "Dispositius &utilitzats"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Trieu el rol del dispositiu.</p>"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+msgid "Operating System"
+msgstr "Sistema operatiu"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
+msgstr "Aplicacions i dades ISV"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "Swap"
+msgstr "Intercanvi"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
+msgstr "Volum cru (no formatat)"
+
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+msgid "Role"
+msgstr "Rol"
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2761,7 +2788,7 @@
"i quin tipus de partició voleu crear.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
@@ -2774,7 +2801,7 @@
"n'esborrarà totes les dades.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2783,47 +2810,47 @@
"i introduïu el punt de muntatge (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Opcions de format"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formata la partició"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "No formatis la partició"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "No muntis la partició"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Opcions de muntatge"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Munta la partició"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Punt de muntatge"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Opcions fs&tab..."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Els fitxers crypt han d'estar xifrats."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2836,17 +2863,17 @@
"Comproveu també l'opció de formatació.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Cal un punt de muntatge per als fitxers crypt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Cal un punt de muntatge per a Tmpfs ."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2861,7 +2888,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2877,21 +2904,21 @@
"utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Es perdran totes les dades del volum!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Contrasenya"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Canvi de mida no suportat pel dispositiu subjacent."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2901,7 +2928,7 @@
"No es pot redimensionar la partició seleccionada perquè el sistema\n"
"de fitxers d’aquesta partició no admet el redimensionament.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2910,7 +2937,7 @@
"es pot redimensionar mentre estigui muntada."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2919,21 +2946,21 @@
"perquè sembla que hi ha incoherències al sistema de fitxers.\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Canvia la mida de la partició %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Canvia la mida del volum lògic %1"
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Mida actual: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Usat actualment: %1"
@@ -2941,48 +2968,48 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:557
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:571
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Mida"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:533
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Mida màxima (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Mida mínima (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:566
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Mida personalitzada"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolliu una nova mida.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:354
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:690
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
msgstr ""
"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2."
@@ -2991,7 +3018,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3005,17 +3032,17 @@
"redimensionar-lo. "
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Sortida de %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "S'estan tornant a escanejar els discs..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Edit DM %1"
msgstr "Edita el DM %1"
@@ -3102,7 +3129,7 @@
#. dialog title
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr "Afegeix un grup de volum"
@@ -3112,7 +3139,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:69
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:457
msgid "Device Graph"
-msgstr "Gràfic del dispositiu"
+msgstr "Gràfic de dispositius"
#. button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:79
@@ -3137,7 +3164,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:164
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:467
msgid "Mount Graph"
-msgstr " Muntatge de Graph"
+msgstr "Gràfic de muntatge"
#. button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:174
@@ -3150,103 +3177,103 @@
msgstr "<p>Aquesta vista mostra un gràfic dels punts de muntatge.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:34
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41
msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Trieu el tipus de la partició nova.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Primary Partition"
msgstr "Partició &primària"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76
msgid "&Extended Partition"
msgstr "Partició &liada"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89
msgid "&Logical Partition"
msgstr "Partició &lògica"
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99
msgid "New Partition Type"
msgstr "Tipus de la partició nova"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166
msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Trieu la mida de la partició nova.</p>"
#. frame heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:227
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232
msgid "New Partition Size"
msgstr "Mida de la partició nova"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265
msgid "Custom Region"
msgstr "Regió personalitzada"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Start Cylinder"
msgstr "Cilindre d'inici"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "End Cylinder"
msgstr "Cilindre final "
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380
msgid "The region entered is invalid."
msgstr "La regió que heu introduït no és vàlida."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:535
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Afegeix la partició a %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:579
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Edita la partició %1"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "No hi ha espai per a la partició desplaçada %1."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:622
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Moure la partició %1 endavant?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:631
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Moure la partició %1 enrere?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:650
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Moure la partició %1?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:652
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Endavant"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Enrere"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:710
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Confirma la supressió de totes les particions"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3254,31 +3281,30 @@
"El disc \"%1\" conté com a mínim una partició.\n"
"Si continueu, s'eliminaran les particions següents:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:717
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir totes les particions a \"%1\"?"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:35
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:262
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "No s’ha seleccionat cap disc."
#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:44
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:275
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5165
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "El disc s'està utilitzant i no es pot modificar."
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:79
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Seleccioneu el tipus de la taula de particions nova de %1."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:104
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3288,29 +3314,29 @@
"que utilitzin particions del disc %1."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "No s’ha seleccionat cap disc."
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:138
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el RAID de la BIOS %1?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir el particionament RAID %1?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "No hi ha cap partició per eliminar en aquest disc."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:247
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "No es pot crear una partició a %1."
@@ -3318,15 +3344,15 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:389
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:445
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "No s’ha seleccionat cap partició."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:353
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3335,12 +3361,12 @@
"Per editar %1, assegureu-vos que no s'està utilitzant."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:364
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "No es pot editar una partició ampliada."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:406
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
@@ -3349,12 +3375,12 @@
"i no es pot moure."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:417
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "No es pot moure una partició extesa."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:462
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3363,12 +3389,12 @@
"Per canviar la mida de %1, assegureu-vos que no s'està utilitzant."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida d'una partició ampliada."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:546
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3384,7 +3410,7 @@
"particions. Després del clonatge, aquestes\n"
"particions s'esborraran.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:592
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3392,11 +3418,11 @@
"S'eliminaran les següents particions i\n"
"se'n perdran totes les dades:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir aquestes particions?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3406,7 +3432,7 @@
"clonable n'ha de tenir com a mínim una.\n"
"Creeu particions abans de clonar el disc.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:628
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3414,20 +3440,20 @@
"Aquest disc no es pot clonar. No hi ha cap disc que\n"
"pugui tenir el mateix esquema de particions."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:657
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Clonar la disposició de particions de %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:661
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Discs diponibles com a objectiu:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:689
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Seleccioneu un disc com a objectiu per crear-ne un clon"
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:770
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3436,7 +3462,7 @@
"Esteu segur que voleu executar dasdfmt al disc %1?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:781
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3479,6 +3505,12 @@
msgid "Move"
msgstr "Mou"
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+msgid "Resize"
+msgstr "Redimensiona"
+
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88
msgid "Move..."
@@ -3487,16 +3519,10 @@
#. push button text
#. push button text
#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
-msgid "Delete..."
-msgstr "Suprimeix..."
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61
+msgid "Resize..."
+msgstr "Canvia la mida..."
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132
@@ -3642,7 +3668,7 @@
"la partició seleccionada.</p>"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:286
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296
msgid ""
"<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n"
"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n"
@@ -3654,7 +3680,7 @@
"trobat.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:295
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n"
"volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n"
@@ -3665,39 +3691,39 @@
"Els volums que no són de sistema, per exemple /home, no es formataran.</p>"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:318
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected."
msgstr "No s'ha detectat cap sistema previ amb punts de muntatge."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:333
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343
msgid "Show &Previous"
msgstr "Mostra l'&anterior"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344
msgid "Show &Next"
msgstr "Mostra el &següent"
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353
msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:"
msgstr "Importa els punts de muntatge d'un sistema existent:"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:358
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368
msgid "Format System Volumes"
msgstr "Formata els volums de sistema"
#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:364
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374
msgid "Import"
msgstr "Importa"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:390
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400
msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:"
msgstr "/etc/fstab trobat a %1 conté:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499
msgid "Wrong Password Provided."
msgstr "La contrasenya donada és incorrecta."
@@ -3916,7 +3942,7 @@
msgstr "Afegeix un fitxer crypt"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:323
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Edita el fitxer crypt %1"
@@ -4128,7 +4154,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Canvieu els dispositius que s'utilitzen per al grup de volums.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
@@ -4140,7 +4166,7 @@
"que el nombre de volums físics del grup de volums.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500
msgid ""
"<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n"
"with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n"
@@ -4161,33 +4187,33 @@
#. heading for frame
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186
msgid "Stripes"
msgstr "Bandes"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:604
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606
msgid "Number"
msgstr "Número"
#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:629
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631
msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Afegeix el volum lògic %1 a %2"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Resize Volume Group %1"
msgstr "Canvia la mida del grup de volums %1"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:772
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Introduïu el nom del volum lògic nou.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:776
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
@@ -4200,7 +4226,7 @@
"Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:785
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
@@ -4211,7 +4237,7 @@
"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:792
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</"
@@ -4222,49 +4248,49 @@
"de <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
#. heading for frame
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:825
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nom"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:826
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195
msgid "Logical Volume"
msgstr "Volum lògic"
#. heading for frame
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:837
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipus"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Normal Volume"
msgstr "Volum normal"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:849
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851
msgid "Thin Pool"
msgstr "Pool prim"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857
msgid "Thin Volume"
msgstr "Volum prim"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Used Pool"
msgstr "Pool usat"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1015
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Afegeix un volum lògic a %1"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1060
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Edita el volum lògic %1 a %2"
@@ -4482,7 +4508,7 @@
#. tree node label
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Paràmetres"
@@ -4538,17 +4564,17 @@
"de l'NFS compartit %1. Voleu desar igualment?"
#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61
msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device."
msgstr "Per a %1, seleccioneu com a mínim %2 dispositiu(s)."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82
msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Seleccioneu el tipus de RAID per al RAID nou.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
@@ -4559,7 +4585,7 @@
"possible si un dels discos falla.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
@@ -4575,7 +4601,7 @@
"Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:105
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
@@ -4590,8 +4616,20 @@
"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n"
+"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
+"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Nom del RAID</b> us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom "
+"significatiu\n"
+"al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n"
+"disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.</p>\n"
+
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
+msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
"the size\n"
@@ -4605,7 +4643,7 @@
"p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:125
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n"
"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n"
@@ -4615,49 +4653,54 @@
#. heading
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:179
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192
msgid "RAID Type"
msgstr "Tipus de RAID"
#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201
msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &0 (en bandes)"
#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if
#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210
msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)"
msgstr "RAID &1 (simetria)"
#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate
#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219
msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &5 (bandes redundants)"
#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228
msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)"
#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if
#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237
msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)"
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248
+msgid "Raid &Name (optional)"
+msgstr "&Nom Raid (opcional)"
+
#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530
msgid "Available Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositius disponibles:"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
@@ -4671,12 +4714,12 @@
"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental "
"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
msgstr "Algorisme de paritat:"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
@@ -4687,7 +4730,7 @@
"amb plats rotatoris.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:332
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
msgid ""
"For further details regarding the parity \n"
"algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n"
@@ -4696,38 +4739,38 @@
"si us plau, mireu la pàgina de mdadm (man mdadm).\n"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195
msgid "Chunk Size"
msgstr "Mida del tros"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Parity &Algorithm"
msgstr "Algorisme de paritat"
#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436
msgid "RAID Options"
msgstr "Opcions RAID"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:452
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481
msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Canvieu els dispositius que s'utilitzen per al RAID.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Afegeix RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Canvia la mida del RAID %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:678
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Edita el RAID %1"
@@ -4774,14 +4817,14 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:155
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:198
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:258
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255
msgid "No RAID selected."
msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap RAID."
#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4790,7 +4833,7 @@
"editar-lo. Per editar %1, assegureu-vos que no s'utilitza."
#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:211
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again."
@@ -4800,7 +4843,7 @@
"suprimiu-lo i torneu a crear-lo."
#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:224
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4843,108 +4886,116 @@
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
#. list entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "UUID"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "Munta per"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr "Usat per"
#. list entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "Identificació de la BIOS"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "Informació dels cilindres"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr "Informació de Fibre Channel"
#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Xifratge"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nom del dispositiu"
#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta del volum"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Identificador del dispositiu"
#. combo box entry
#. combo box entry
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr "Camí al dispositiu"
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+msgid "Optimal"
+msgstr "Òptim"
+
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+msgid "Cylinder"
+msgstr "Cilindre"
+
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr "Muntatge per defecte per"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "Sistema de fitxers per defecte"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr "Alineació de les noves particions creades"
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr "Mostra els dispositius d'emmagatzematge per"
#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr "Informació visible dels dispositius d'emmagatzematge"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
@@ -4953,7 +5004,7 @@
"generals d'emmagatzematge:</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
@@ -4976,7 +5027,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -4986,7 +5037,7 @@
"nous.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
@@ -5004,7 +5055,7 @@
"o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
@@ -5013,7 +5064,7 @@
"el nom dels discs durs que s'ha de mostrar a l'arbre de navegació.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
@@ -5027,7 +5078,7 @@
msgstr "<p>Aquesta vista mostra un resum de la instal·lació.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:47
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "Afegeix muntatge tmpfs"
@@ -5391,12 +5442,12 @@
msgstr "Patró de fitxer"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "&Mida Tmpfs "
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5405,12 +5456,12 @@
"o %.\n"
"El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar."
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "El valor ha de ser entre 1% i 200% Torneu-ho a provar."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
@@ -5424,17 +5475,17 @@
"percentatge de la memòria.<p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "&Prioritat d'intercanvi"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "El valor ha d'estar entre 0 i 32767. Torneu-ho a provar."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5444,12 +5495,12 @@
"serà la prioritat.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Munta només de &lectura"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
@@ -5462,12 +5513,12 @@
"el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura.</p>"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Sense hora d'&accés"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5477,12 +5528,12 @@
"predeterminada és fals.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500
-msgid "Mountable by &User"
-msgstr "Pot ser muntat per un &usuari"
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
+msgid "Mountable by User"
+msgstr "Muntable per l'usuari"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5492,12 +5543,12 @@
"\"als\".</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "No muntis durant l'&inici del sistema"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -5517,12 +5568,12 @@
"L'opció predeterminada és fals.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "Habilita la compatibilitat de "a"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5533,12 +5584,12 @@
"El valor per defecte és \"fals\".</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "Mode &de registre de dades"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -5561,12 +5612,12 @@
"rendiment.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "Llistes de control d'&accés (ACL)"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5575,12 +5626,12 @@
"S'habiliten les llistes de control d'accés al sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "Atributs &liats de l'usuari"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5589,11 +5640,11 @@
"Es permeten els atributs ampliats de l'usuari al sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
msgid ""
"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
"again."
@@ -5602,7 +5653,7 @@
"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
@@ -5615,12 +5666,12 @@
"Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "Conjunt de c&aràcters per als noms de fitxers"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5630,12 +5681,12 @@
"fitxers de les particions del Windows.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Pàgina de co&dis per a noms FAT curts"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
@@ -5646,12 +5697,12 @@
"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "Número de &FATS"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
@@ -5662,12 +5713,12 @@
"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2.</p>"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "Mi&da de FAT"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
@@ -5680,19 +5731,19 @@
"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "Entrades del &directori arrel"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr ""
"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a "
"provar."
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5701,12 +5752,12 @@
"Selecciona el nombre d'entrades disponibles al directori arrel.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "&Funció Hash"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
@@ -5717,12 +5768,12 @@
"noms de fitxers dels directoris.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "&Revisió d'FS"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
@@ -5738,12 +5789,12 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "Mida del bloc en b&ytes"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
@@ -5757,13 +5808,13 @@
#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "Mida del node d'&identificació"
#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5773,12 +5824,12 @@
"fitxers.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Percentatge de l'espai del node d'identificació"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
@@ -5789,12 +5840,12 @@
"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "Node &alineat"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
@@ -5810,12 +5861,12 @@
"normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "Mida del ®istre en megabytes"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5825,7 +5876,7 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
@@ -5836,17 +5887,17 @@
"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "Invocar &utilitat que enumera blocs erronis"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "&Longitud del pas en blocs"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5855,7 +5906,7 @@
"Seleccioneu un valor superior a 1.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5869,7 +5920,7 @@
"en un llistat RAID.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
@@ -5883,12 +5934,12 @@
"que se n'espera.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Bytes per &node d'identificació"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5915,12 +5966,12 @@
"correcte per al paràmetre.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Percentatge de blocs &reservats per a l'arrel"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5931,7 +5982,7 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
@@ -5944,12 +5995,12 @@
"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Inhabilita les comprovacions regulars"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
@@ -5958,12 +6009,12 @@
"Inhabilita la comprovació habitual del sistema de fitxers en arrencar.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "Funció d'ín&dex de directori"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5973,12 +6024,12 @@
"directoris grans.</p>\n"
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "Sense &històric"
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
@@ -5991,12 +6042,12 @@
"del que feu.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:901
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
msgstr "Operació no permesa al disc %1.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:911
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -6018,7 +6069,7 @@
"del disc.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:929
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -6039,7 +6090,7 @@
" redimensionar-la o eliminar-la del disc on és des d'aquí.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:948
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6054,7 +6105,7 @@
"però aquesta acció eliminarà les dades de totes les particions del disc.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:960
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6072,7 +6123,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:960
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "No és possible redimensionar:"
@@ -6085,7 +6136,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2682 src/modules/Storage.rb:3837
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -6098,7 +6149,7 @@
"És possible que la contrasenya d'encriptació introduïda sigui incorrecta.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3868
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -6109,7 +6160,7 @@
"Torneu-ho a provar."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3899
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -6122,24 +6173,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3953
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Introduïu la clau de xifratge:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4012
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Els següents volums encriptats ja estan disponibles."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4046
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Activació del volum encriptat"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4050
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6151,12 +6202,12 @@
"Cal saber-ne les contrasenyes si es necessiten els volums o bé durant\n"
"una actualització o bé si conenten un volum físic LVM encriptat."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4062
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Voleu proporcionar contrasenyes d'encriptació?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6167,58 +6218,61 @@
"Es provarà la contrasenya per a tots els dispositius."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4123
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya del xifratge"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4126
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "No hi ha cap volum encriptat per desbloquejar."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4139
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per a qualsevol dels dispositius següents:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4142
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per al dispositiu següent:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4155
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Provant de desbloquejar els volums encriptats..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4179
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "La contrasenya no ha desbloquejat cap volum."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "Disc IDE"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4270
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "Disc SCSI"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4276
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disc"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4304
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4317
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
-#. Tries to umount given device if mounted
-#.
-#. @param [String] device to umount
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5062
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
msgid ""
+"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgstr ""
+"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús."
+
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
+msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
@@ -6227,7 +6281,7 @@
"No es pot modificar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté una partició\n"
"d'intercanvi activa necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5076
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5217
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6237,7 +6291,7 @@
"No es pot modificar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté les dades\n"
"necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5107
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5246
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6247,7 +6301,7 @@
"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté una partició\n"
"d'intercanvi activa necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5116
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5255
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6257,7 +6311,7 @@
"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté les dades\n"
"necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5145
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5284
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6269,7 +6323,7 @@
"indirecta el dispositiu %2, que conté una partició d'intercanvi activa \n"
"necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5156
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5295
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6280,7 +6334,8 @@
"indirecta\n"
"el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
+#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6291,18 +6346,18 @@
"disc %2 en ús.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5267
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "No hi ha res assignat com a sistema de fitxers arrel!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5268
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5407
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Segur que la instal·lació fallarà fatalment!"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5883
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6009
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Ha fallat l'addició dels següents elements: %1"
@@ -6950,7 +7005,7 @@
msgstr "<p>La descripció general conté:</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:92
+#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91
msgid ""
"The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n"
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
@@ -6959,7 +7014,7 @@
"Heu de sortir de l'aplicació per continuar."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:106
+#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105
msgid ""
"The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n"
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
@@ -6967,10 +7022,9 @@
"L'aplicació \"%1\" (%2) ha bloquejat el subsistema d'emmagatzematge.\n"
"Heu de sortir de l'aplicació per continuar."
-#. get only limited amount of the gap so that there is free
-#. space left (fate #303594)
+#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4425 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5551
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
msgid ""
"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
"under Windows."
@@ -6978,39 +7032,92 @@
"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. "
"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows."
-#. Label text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6024
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
+msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Crea una proposta basada en &LVM"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
msgstr "Encr&ipta el grup de volum"
-#. Label text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6056
-msgid "Use &Btrfs as Default File System"
-msgstr "Estableix el sistema de fitxers arrel predeterminat"
+#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
+msgid "File System for Root Partition"
+msgstr "Sistema de fitxers per a la partició arrel"
-#. Label text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6072
+#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
+msgid "File System for Home Partition"
+msgstr "Sistema de fitxers per a la partició home"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Engrandir la &Swap per posar el sistema en suspens"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6087
-msgid "Proposal settings"
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+msgid "Proposal Settings"
+msgstr "Proposta de configuracions"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+msgid ""
+"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per crear una proposta basada en LVM, trieu el botó corresponent.\n"
+"La proposta basada en LVM pot ser encriptada.</p>\n"
-#. `HVCenter(`Frame( _("Proposal settings"), `HVCenter(vb) )));
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6117
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294
+msgid ""
+"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
+"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
+"enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n"
+"size for the root partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a "
+"través\n"
+"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la "
+"proposta pot\n"
+"habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n"
+"la mida de la partició d'arrel.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
+msgid ""
+"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
+"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n"
+"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú "
+"desplegable.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
+msgid ""
+"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
+"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en "
+"suspensió\n"
+"al disc en la majoria de casos.</p>"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Introduïu la contrasenya per a la proposta d'encriptació."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6124
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Contrasenya:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6135
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Torneu a introduir la contrasenya per verificar-la:"
@@ -7037,174 +7144,88 @@
#. Package: yast2-storage
#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de>
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr "Muntatge per defecte per:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "Sistema de fitxers per defecte:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr "Mostra els dispositius d'emmagatzematge per:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Alineació de particions:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Informació visible dels dispositius d'emmagatzematge:"
-#~| msgid "Expert Partitioner"
-#~ msgid "&Expert Partitioner..."
-#~ msgstr "Partidor en mode &expert"
+#~ msgid "No unsaved changes exist."
+#~ msgstr "No hi ha canvis sense desar."
-#~| msgid "Special settings"
-#~ msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Editar els paràmetres proposats"
+#~ msgid "Changes:"
+#~ msgstr "Canvis:"
+#~ msgid " Do you really want to execute these changes?"
+#~ msgstr "Segur que voleu executar aquests canvis?"
+
+#~ msgid "&Apply"
+#~ msgstr "A&plica"
+
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
-#~ "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n"
+#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n"
+#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n"
+#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n"
+#~ "This does not work.\n"
#~ "\n"
+#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n"
+#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n"
+#~ "\n"
#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n"
-#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és "
-#~ "necessària.\n"
+#~ "Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual podeu tenir problemes per\n"
+#~ "arrencar la instal·lació de %1, ja que\n"
+#~ "no té partició \"boot\" i la partició \"root\" és un volum lògic LVM.\n"
+#~ "Aquesta configuració no funcionarà.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
-#~ "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
+#~ "Si no teniu coneixements de com funciona, és recomanable que feu ús\n"
+#~ "d'una partició normal per als vostres fitxers per sota de /boot.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n"
-#~ "pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria "
-#~ "comportar problemes.\n"
-#~ "\n"
#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Create an encrypted file system.\n"
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Crea i elimina subvolums d'un sistema de fitxers Btrfs.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..."
+#~ msgstr "&Edita la configuració de partició..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs "
-#~ "amb Snapper.</p>"
+#~| msgid "&Create Partition Setup..."
+#~ msgid "&Import Partition Setup..."
+#~ msgstr "&Crea una configuració de partició..."
-#~ msgid "Enable Snapshots"
-#~ msgstr "Habilita instantànies"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n"
-#~ "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n"
-#~ "GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Avís: el vostre sistema estableix que necessita una configuració \n"
-#~ "d'arrencada EFI. Ja que el disc seleccionat no conté una etiqueta de "
-#~ "disc \n"
-#~ "GPT, el YaST hi crearà una etiqueta GPT.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Heu de marcar totes les particions del disc per eliminar.\n"
-
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
-#~| "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
-#~ "to a device without a swap file system."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "No és permès d'assignar un punt de muntatge d'intercanvi\n"
-#~ "a un dispositiu sense un sistema de fitxers d'intercanvi."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n"
-#~ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
-#~ "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Nom del RAID</b> us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom "
-#~ "significatiu\n"
-#~ "al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n"
-#~ "disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Raid &Name (optional)"
-#~ msgstr "&Nom Raid (opcional)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en "
-#~ "ús."
-
-#~| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
-#~ msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-#~ msgstr "Crea una proposta basada en &LVM"
-
-#~| msgid "File system options:"
-#~ msgid "File System for Root Partition"
-#~ msgstr "Sistema de fitxers per a la partició arrel"
-
-#~| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
-#~ msgid "File System for Home Partition"
-#~ msgstr "Sistema de fitxers per a la partició home"
-
-#~| msgid "Special settings"
-#~ msgid "Proposal Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Proposta de configuracions"
-
-#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "To create an LVM based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#~| "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
+#~| "setup (like e.g. changing filesystem types), choose\n"
+#~| "<b>%1</b> and do these modification in the expert\n"
+#~| "partitioner dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "To import the mount points from an existing Linux\n"
+#~ "system choose <b>%1</b>. You can still make modification\n"
+#~ "afterwards in the expert partitioner dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Per crear una proposta basada en LVM, trieu el botó corresponent.\n"
-#~ "La proposta basada en LVM pot ser encriptada.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Si només voleu fer petites modificacions a la configuració\n"
+#~ "proposada (com ara modificar els tipus de sistemes de fitxers), trieu\n"
+#~ "<b>%1</b> i feu les modificacions en el diàleg del partidor en mode\n"
+#~ "Expert.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
-#~ "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
-#~ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n"
-#~ "size for the root partition.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a "
-#~ "través\n"
-#~ "del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la "
-#~ "proposta pot\n"
-#~ "habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també "
-#~ "incrementarà\n"
-#~ "la mida de la partició d'arrel.</p>"
+#~| msgid "Set default root filesystem"
+#~ msgid "Use &Btrfs as Default File System"
+#~ msgstr "Estableix el sistema de fitxers arrel predeterminat"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
-#~ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de "
-#~ "fitxers\n"
-#~ "per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú "
-#~ "desplegable.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
-#~ "the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema "
-#~ "en suspensió\n"
-#~ "al disc en la majoria de casos.</p>"
-
#~ msgid "Disk partitioner"
#~ msgstr "Partidor de discos"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90762 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 13:15:57 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90762
Modified:
branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-rules.es.po
Log:
ad-rules.es.po: Traducci?\195?\179n iniciada. (jcsl)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of jcsl
Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-rules.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-rules.es.po 2014-11-10 11:53:32 UTC (rev 90761)
+++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-rules.es.po 2014-11-10 12:15:57 UTC (rev 90762)
@@ -1,37 +1,41 @@
# Spanish translation of ActiveDoc
# Generated by tbazant <tbazant(a)suse.cz>
#
+# jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PROJECT VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-12 15:25+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 15:25+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 13:03+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_after_cloning_a_node:label
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_after_cloning_a_node:label"
msgid "After cloning a node"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Después de clonar un nodo"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_after_cloning_a_node:10:message
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_after_cloning_a_node:10:message"
msgid "Node '[original-node:title]' successfully coned."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nodo '[original-node:title]' clonado con éxito."
#: rules:rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_comments:label
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_comments:label"
msgid "E-mail author after comments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Correo electrónico del autor de los comentarios"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_comments:4:subject
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_comments:4:subject"
msgid "A new comment was added to one of your nodes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Se ha añadido un comentario nuevo a uno de sus nodos."
#: rules:rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_comments:4:message
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_comments:4:message"
@@ -39,16 +43,19 @@
"A new <a href=\"[comment:url]\">comment</a> was added to your node <a "
"href=\"[comment-node:url]\">[comment-node:title]</a>."
msgstr ""
+"Se ha añadido un <a href=\"[comment:url]\">comentario</a> nuevo a su nodo <a "
+"href=\"[comment-node:url]\">[comment-node:title]</a>."
#: rules:rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_node_change:label
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_node_change:label"
msgid "E-mail author after node change"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Correo electrónico del autor del cambio de nodo"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_node_change:3:subject
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_node_change:3:subject"
msgid "Your Drupal node has been changed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Su nodo Drupal ha sido cambiado."
#: rules:rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_node_change:3:message
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_e_mail_author_after_node_change:3:message"
@@ -62,16 +69,24 @@
"\r\n"
"Your ActiveDoc Drupal robot."
msgstr ""
+"¡Hola!\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"Solo quería informarle de que el contenido llamado '[node:title]' "
+"([node:url]) ha sido modificado.\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"¡Que tenga un buen día!\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"Su robot ActiveDoc de Drupal."
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_active:label
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_active:label"
msgid "OG member subscribe (Active)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Suscripción del miembro de OG (Activa)"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_active:6:subject
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_active:6:subject"
msgid "Your membership request was approved for '[group:title]'\r\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Su solicitud de pertenencia ha sido aprobada para '[group:title]'\r\n"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_active:6:message
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_active:6:message"
@@ -81,11 +96,15 @@
"You are now a member in the group '[group:title]' located at "
"[group:url]"
msgstr ""
+"[account:name],\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"Usted es ahora un miembro del grupo '[group:title]' ubicado en "
+"[group:url]"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_active:7:subject
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_active:7:subject"
msgid "[account:name] joined [group:title]"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[account:name] se ha unido a [group:title]"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_active:7:message
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_active:7:message"
@@ -94,16 +113,19 @@
"\r\n"
"[account:name] joined [group:title] in [group:url]"
msgstr ""
+"[group:author:name],\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"[account:name] se ha unido a [group:title] en [group:url]"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:label
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:label"
msgid "OG member subscribe (Pending)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Suscripción del miembro de OG (Pendiente)"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:6:subject
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:6:subject"
msgid "Your membership request for '[group:title]'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Su solicitud de pertenencia a '[group:title]'"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:6:message
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:6:message"
@@ -113,11 +135,16 @@
"Your membership to group '[group:title]' located at [group:url] is "
"pending approval."
msgstr ""
+"[account:name],\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"Su pertenencia al grupo '[group:title]' ubicado en [group:url] está "
+"pendiente de aprobación."
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:7:subject
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:7:subject"
msgid "[account:name] membership request [group:title]"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[account:name] solicitud de pertenencia [group:title]"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:7:message
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_member_pending:7:message"
@@ -129,16 +156,22 @@
"\r\n"
"[og_membership:og-membership-request]"
msgstr ""
+"[group:author:name],\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"[account:name] solicita la pertenencia al grupo '[group:title]' en "
+"[group:url].\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"[og_membership:og-membership-request]"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_new_content:label
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_new_content:label"
msgid "OG new content notification"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Notificación de contenido nuevo de OG"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_new_content:6:subject
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_new_content:6:subject"
msgid "New post in group"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nuevo mensaje en el grupo"
#: rules:rules_config:rules_og_new_content:6:message
msgctxt "rules_config:rules_og_new_content:6:message"
@@ -150,4 +183,11 @@
"\r\n"
"[site:name]\r\n"
msgstr ""
+"Hola [list-item:name],\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"Hay un mensaje nuevo llamado [node:title] que pertenece a uno de los "
+"grupos a los que está suscrito.\r\n"
+"\r\n"
+"[site:name]\r\n"
+
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90761 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 12:53:32 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90761
Modified:
branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-taxonomy.es.po
Log:
ad-taxonomy.es.po: Traducci?\195?\179n iniciada. (jcsl)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of jcsl
Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-taxonomy.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-taxonomy.es.po 2014-11-10 11:31:32 UTC (rev 90760)
+++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-taxonomy.es.po 2014-11-10 11:53:32 UTC (rev 90761)
@@ -1,105 +1,112 @@
# Spanish translation of ActiveDoc
# Generated by tbazant <tbazant(a)suse.cz>
#
+# jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PROJECT VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-12 15:26+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 15:26+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 12:42+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:2:name
msgctxt "vocabulary:2:name"
msgid "Forums"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Foros"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:2:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:2:description"
msgid "Forum navigation vocabulary"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vocabulario para la navegación por el foro"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:4:name
msgctxt "vocabulary:4:name"
msgid "Audience"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Audiencia"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:4:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:4:description"
msgid "For whom the article is suitable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Para quién es adecuado el artículo"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:7:name
msgctxt "vocabulary:7:name"
msgid "Authors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Autores"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:7:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:7:description"
msgid "List of possible content authors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lista de posibles autores del contenido"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:5:name
msgctxt "vocabulary:5:name"
msgid "Category"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Categoría"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:5:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:5:description"
msgid "Content category the article fits to."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Categoría en la que encaja el contenido del artículo."
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:6:name
msgctxt "vocabulary:6:name"
msgid "Content type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tipo de contenido"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:6:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:6:description"
msgid "Content type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tipo de contenido"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:3:name
msgctxt "vocabulary:3:name"
msgid "Product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Producto"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:3:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:3:description"
msgid "Lists SUSE products with version numbers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Enumera productos de SUSE con los números de versión"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:1:name
msgctxt "vocabulary:1:name"
msgid "Tags"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Etiquetas"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:1:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:1:description"
msgid "Use tags to group articles on similar topics into categories."
msgstr ""
+"Utilice etiquetas para agrupar en categorías artículos sobre temas similares."
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:8:name
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "vocabulary:8:name"
msgid "Userpoints"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Userpoints"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:8:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:8:description"
msgid "Automatically created by the userpoints module"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Creado automáticamente por el módulo userpoints"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:9:name
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "vocabulary:9:name"
msgid "Book bundle"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lote del libro"
#: taxonomy:vocabulary:9:description
msgctxt "vocabulary:9:description"
msgid "Contains 'types' of a book, such as 'Start-Up Guide'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contiene 'tipos' de un libro, como 'Guía de inicio'"
+
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90760 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 12:31:32 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90760
Modified:
branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-menu.es.po
branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-nodetypes.es.po
Log:
ad-menu.es.po: Traducci?\195?\179n iniciada. (jcsl)
ad-nodetypes.es.po: Traducci?\195?\179n iniciada. (jcsl)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of jcsl
Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-menu.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-menu.es.po 2014-11-10 11:09:00 UTC (rev 90759)
+++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-menu.es.po 2014-11-10 11:31:32 UTC (rev 90760)
@@ -1,42 +1,45 @@
# Spanish translation of ActiveDoc
# Generated by tbazant <tbazant(a)suse.cz>
#
+# jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PROJECT VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-12 15:26+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 15:26+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 12:06+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: menu:menu:devel:title
msgctxt "menu:devel:title"
msgid "Development"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desarrollo"
#: menu:menu:devel:description
msgctxt "menu:devel:description"
msgid "Development link"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Enlace a desarrollo"
#: menu:menu:features:title
msgctxt "menu:features:title"
msgid "Features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Características"
#: menu:menu:features:description
msgctxt "menu:features:description"
msgid "Menu items for any enabled features."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems del menú para cualquier característica habilitada."
#: menu:menu:main-menu:title
msgctxt "menu:main-menu:title"
msgid "Main menu"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Menú principal"
#: menu:menu:main-menu:description
msgctxt "menu:main-menu:description"
@@ -44,21 +47,23 @@
"The <em>Main</em> menu is used on many sites to show the major "
"sections of the site, often in a top navigation bar."
msgstr ""
+"El menú <em>Principal</em> se usa en muchos sitios para mostrar las secciones "
+"principales del sitio, a menudo en una barra de navegación arriba."
#: menu:menu:management:title
msgctxt "menu:management:title"
msgid "Management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestión"
#: menu:menu:management:description
msgctxt "menu:management:description"
msgid "The <em>Management</em> menu contains links for administrative tasks."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "El menú <em>Gestión</em> contiene enlaces para tareas administrativas."
#: menu:menu:navigation:title
msgctxt "menu:navigation:title"
msgid "Navigation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Navegación"
#: menu:menu:navigation:description
msgctxt "menu:navigation:description"
@@ -67,11 +72,15 @@
"visitors. Links are added to the <em>Navigation</em> menu "
"automatically by some modules."
msgstr ""
+"El menú <em>Navegación</em> contiene enlaces destinados a los visitantes "
+"del sitio. Los enlaces son añadidos automáticamente al menú <em>Navegación<"
+"/em> "
+"por algunos módulos."
#: menu:menu:user-menu:title
msgctxt "menu:user-menu:title"
msgid "User menu"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Menú del usuario"
#: menu:menu:user-menu:description
msgctxt "menu:user-menu:description"
@@ -79,61 +88,70 @@
"The <em>User</em> menu contains links related to the user's account, "
"as well as the 'Log out' link."
msgstr ""
+"El menú <em>Usuario</em> contiene enlaces relacionados con la cuenta del "
+"usuario, "
+"además del enlace 'Cerrar sesión'."
#: menu:item:220:title
msgctxt "item:220:title"
msgid "Basic page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página básica"
#: menu:item:348:title
msgctxt "item:348:title"
msgid "Forums"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Foros"
#: menu:item:610:title
msgctxt "item:610:title"
msgid "SUSE"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SUSE"
#: menu:item:615:title
msgctxt "item:615:title"
msgid "Forum"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Foro"
#: menu:item:936:title
msgctxt "item:936:title"
msgid "Token example"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Símbolo de ejemplo"
#: menu:item:936:description
msgctxt "item:936:description"
msgid "Test replacement tokens in real time."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Probar los símbolos de reemplazo en tiempo real."
#: menu:item:1055:title
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "item:1055:title"
msgid "Taxonomy term"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Término de taxonomía"
#: menu:item:1097:title
msgctxt "item:1097:title"
msgid "Advanced Poll"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Encuesta avanzada"
#: menu:item:1097:description
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "item:1097:description"
msgid ""
"Advanced Poll adds additional poll functionality, cookie voting, "
"write-ins and voting modes."
msgstr ""
+"La encuesta avanzada añade funcionalidades adicionales a la encuesta, "
+"votación de categorías, "
+"papeletas y modos de votación."
#: menu:item:1509:title
msgctxt "item:1509:title"
msgid "Recent content"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contenido reciente"
#: menu:item:3910:title
msgctxt "item:3910:title"
msgid "Products"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Productos"
+
Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-nodetypes.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-nodetypes.es.po 2014-11-10 11:09:00 UTC (rev 90759)
+++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-nodetypes.es.po 2014-11-10 11:31:32 UTC (rev 90760)
@@ -1,27 +1,30 @@
# Spanish translation of ActiveDoc
# Generated by tbazant <tbazant(a)suse.cz>
#
+# jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PROJECT VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-12 15:25+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 15:25+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 12:20+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: node:type:poll:name
msgctxt "type:poll:name"
msgid "Poll"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Encuesta"
#: node:type:poll:title_label
msgctxt "type:poll:title_label"
msgid "Question"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pregunta"
#: node:type:poll:description
msgctxt "type:poll:description"
@@ -30,31 +33,36 @@
"<em>poll</em>, once created, automatically provides a simple running "
"count of the number of votes received for each response."
msgstr ""
+"Una <em>encuesta</em> es una pregunta con un conjunto de posibles respuestas. "
+"Una "
+"<em>encuesta</em>, una vez creada, proporciona automáticamente un recuento "
+"continuo "
+"simple del número de votos recibidos para cada respuesta."
#: node:type:article:name
msgctxt "type:article:name"
msgid "Article"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Artículo"
#: node:type:article:title_label
msgctxt "type:article:title_label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Título"
#: node:type:article:description
msgctxt "type:article:description"
msgid "General article with content"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Artículo genérico con contenido"
#: node:type:book:name
msgctxt "type:book:name"
msgid "Book"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Libro"
#: node:type:book:title_label
msgctxt "type:book:title_label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Título"
#: node:type:book:description
msgctxt "type:book:description"
@@ -62,61 +70,64 @@
"<em>Books</em> have a built-in hierarchical navigation. Use for "
"handbooks or tutorials."
msgstr ""
+"<em>Libros</em> tiene la navegación jerárquica integrada. Úsela para "
+"manuales o guías."
#: node:type:book_page:name
msgctxt "type:book_page:name"
msgid "Book page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página de libro"
#: node:type:book_page:title_label
msgctxt "type:book_page:title_label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Título"
#: node:type:book_page:description
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "type:book_page:description"
msgid "A simple book page residing inside a book."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Una página de un libro que reside dentro de uno."
#: node:type:group:name
msgctxt "type:group:name"
msgid "Group"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Grupo"
#: node:type:group:title_label
msgctxt "type:group:title_label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Título"
#: node:type:group:description
msgctxt "type:group:description"
msgid "Helps you create a new organic group of people and articles."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Le ayuda a crear un grupo orgánico nuevo de personas y artículos."
#: node:type:highlighted_document:name
msgctxt "type:highlighted_document:name"
msgid "Highlighted document"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Documento destacado"
#: node:type:highlighted_document:title_label
msgctxt "type:highlighted_document:title_label"
msgid "Title of the document"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Título del documento"
#: node:type:highlighted_document:description
msgctxt "type:highlighted_document:description"
msgid "(New) documents highlighted on tha landing page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(Nuevos) documentos destacados en la página de inicio"
#: node:type:page:name
msgctxt "type:page:name"
msgid "Basic page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página básica"
#: node:type:page:title_label
msgctxt "type:page:title_label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Título"
#: node:type:page:description
msgctxt "type:page:description"
@@ -124,16 +135,18 @@
"Use <em>basic pages</em> for your static content, such as an 'About "
"us' page."
msgstr ""
+"Use <em>páginas básicas</em> para su contenido estático, como una página "
+"'Sobre nosotros'."
#: node:type:docbook_import:name
msgctxt "type:docbook_import:name"
msgid "DocBook Import"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Importar DocBook"
#: node:type:docbook_import:title_label
msgctxt "type:docbook_import:title_label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Título"
#: node:type:docbook_import_feed:name
msgctxt "type:docbook_import_feed:name"
@@ -151,4 +164,8 @@
"Lets you regularly create a document structure from a URL with DocBook "
"XML."
msgstr ""
+"Le permite la creación regular de una estructura de documento desde un URL "
+"con DocBook "
+"XML."
+
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90759 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 12:09:00 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90759
Modified:
branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-blocks.es.po
Log:
ad-blocks.es.po: Traducci?\195?\179n completada. (jcsl)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of jcsl
Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-blocks.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-blocks.es.po 2014-11-10 10:45:45 UTC (rev 90758)
+++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-blocks.es.po 2014-11-10 11:09:00 UTC (rev 90759)
@@ -1,25 +1,29 @@
# Spanish translation of ActiveDoc
# Generated by tbazant <tbazant(a)suse.cz>
#
+# jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PROJECT VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-12 15:26+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 15:26+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 11:51+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: blocks:views:recent_changes-block:title
msgctxt "views:recent_changes-block:title"
msgid "Recent Changes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cambios recientes"
#: blocks:views:highlighted_documents-block_1:title
msgctxt "views:highlighted_documents-block_1:title"
msgid "Current documents"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Documentos actuales"
+
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90758 - branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
by vertaal@svn2.opensuse.org 10 Nov '14
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 11:45:45 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90758
Modified:
branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-views.es.po
Log:
ad-views.es.po: Iniciada la traducci?\195?\179n. (jcsl)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of jcsl
Modified: branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-views.es.po
===================================================================
--- branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-views.es.po 2014-11-10 09:13:43 UTC (rev 90757)
+++ branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch/lcn/es/po/ad-views.es.po 2014-11-10 10:45:45 UTC (rev 90758)
@@ -1,497 +1,504 @@
# Spanish translation of ActiveDoc
# Generated by tbazant <tbazant(a)suse.cz>
#
+# jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PROJECT VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-12 15:25+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-12 15:25+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 11:40+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"Language: es\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:title
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:title"
msgid "Current documents"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Documentos actuales"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:use_more_text"
msgid "Show more new content..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mostrar más contenido nuevo..."
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:relationship:field_data_field_ref_to_doc:field_ref_to_doc_target_id:label
-msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:relationship:field_data_field_ref_to_doc:field_ref_to_doc_target_id:label"
+msgctxt ""
+"highlighted_documents:default:relationship:field_data_field_ref_to_doc:field_r"
+"ef_to_doc_target_id:label"
msgid "Content entity referenced from field_ref_to_doc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Referencia a entidad de contenido desde field_ref_to_doc"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:field:views:nothing_1:alter:text
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:field:views:nothing_1:alter:text"
msgid "<a href=\"[path]\">"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<a href=\"[ruta]\">"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:field:field_data_field_product:field_product:empty
-msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:field:field_data_field_product:field_product:empty"
+msgctxt ""
+"highlighted_documents:default:field:field_data_field_product:field_product:emp"
+"ty"
msgid "SUSE"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SUSE"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:field:views:nothing_2:alter:text
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:field:views:nothing_2:alter:text"
msgid "</a>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "</a>"
#: views:highlighted_documents:page:use_more_text
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:page:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:highlighted_documents:block_1:use_more_text
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:block_1:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:block_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:my_content:default:display_title
msgctxt "my_content:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:my_content:default:title
msgctxt "my_content:default:title"
msgid "Recently Changed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modificados recientemente"
#: views:my_content:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "my_content:default:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:my_content:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "my_content:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:my_content:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "my_content:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:my_content:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "my_content:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:my_content:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "my_content:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:my_content:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "my_content:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:my_content:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "my_content:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:my_content:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "my_content:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:my_content:default:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "my_content:default:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:my_content:default:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "my_content:default:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:my_content:default:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "my_content:default:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:my_content:default:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "my_content:default:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:my_content:default:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "my_content:default:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:my_content:default:relationship:node:uid:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:relationship:node:uid:label"
msgid "author"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "autor"
#: views:my_content:default:field:node:title:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:field:node:title:label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Título"
#: views:my_content:default:field:node:type:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:field:node:type:label"
msgid "Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tipo"
#: views:my_content:default:field:node:changed:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:field:node:changed:label"
msgid "Last updated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Última actualización"
#: views:my_content:default:field:users:name:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:field:users:name:label"
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nombre"
#: views:my_content:default:filter:node:title:expose:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:filter:node:title:expose:label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Titulo"
#: views:my_content:default:filter:node:type:expose:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:filter:node:type:expose:label"
msgid "Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tipo"
#: views:my_content:default:filter:workflow_node:sid:expose:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:filter:workflow_node:sid:expose:label"
msgid "Workflow state"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Estado del flujo de trabajo"
#: views:my_content:default:filter:users:uid:expose:label
msgctxt "my_content:default:filter:users:uid:expose:label"
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nombre"
#: views:my_content:page_1:display_title
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:display_title"
msgid "All Content Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página de contenidos"
#: views:my_content:page_1:use_more_text
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:my_content:page_1:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:my_content:page_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:my_content:page_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:my_content:page_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:my_content:page_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:my_content:page_1:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:my_content:page_1:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:my_content:page_1:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:my_content:page_1:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:my_content:page_1:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:my_content:page_1:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:my_content:page_1:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:my_content:page_1:field:node:title:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:field:node:title:label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Titulo"
#: views:my_content:page_1:field:node:type:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:field:node:type:label"
msgid "Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tipo"
#: views:my_content:page_1:field:node:changed:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:field:node:changed:label"
msgid "Last updated"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Última actualización"
#: views:my_content:page_1:field:users:name:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:field:users:name:label"
msgid "Name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nombre"
#: views:my_content:page_1:field:workflow_node:sid:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:field:workflow_node:sid:label"
msgid "Workflow state"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Estado del flujo de trabajo"
#: views:my_content:page_1:field:node:language:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:field:node:language:label"
msgid "Language"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Idioma"
#: views:books:default:display_title
msgctxt "books:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:books:default:title
msgctxt "books:default:title"
msgid "Books"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Libros"
#: views:books:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "books:default:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:books:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "books:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:books:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "books:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:books:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "books:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:books:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "books:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:books:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "books:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:books:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "books:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:books:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "books:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:books:default:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "books:default:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:books:default:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "books:default:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:books:default:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "books:default:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:books:default:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "books:default:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:books:default:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "books:default:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:books:page:display_title
msgctxt "books:page:display_title"
msgid "Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página"
#: views:books:page:use_more_text
msgctxt "books:page:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:books:page:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "books:page:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:books:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "books:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:books:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "books:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:books:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "books:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:books:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "books:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:books:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "books:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:books:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "books:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:books:page:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "books:page:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:books:page:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "books:page:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:books:page:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "books:page:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:books:page:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "books:page:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:books:page:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "books:page:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:books:feed_1:display_title
msgctxt "books:feed_1:display_title"
@@ -501,387 +508,390 @@
#: views:books:feed_1:use_more_text
msgctxt "books:feed_1:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:books:feed_1:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "books:feed_1:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:books:feed_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "books:feed_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:books:feed_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "books:feed_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:books:feed_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "books:feed_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:books:feed_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "books:feed_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:highlighted_documents:default:display_title
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:highlighted_documents:page:display_title
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:page:display_title"
msgid "Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página"
#: views:highlighted_documents:block_1:display_title
msgctxt "highlighted_documents:block_1:display_title"
msgid "Block"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bloque"
#: views:recent_changes:default:display_title
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:recent_changes:default:title
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:title"
msgid "Recent changes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cambios recientes"
#: views:recent_changes:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:recent_changes:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:recent_changes:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:recent_changes:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:recent_changes:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:recent_changes:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:recent_changes:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:recent_changes:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:recent_changes:default:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:recent_changes:default:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:recent_changes:default:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:recent_changes:default:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:recent_changes:default:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:recent_changes:default:field:node:language:alter:text
msgctxt "recent_changes:default:field:node:language:alter:text"
msgid "([language])"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "([Idioma])"
#: views:recent_changes:page:display_title
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:display_title"
msgid "Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página"
#: views:recent_changes:page:use_more_text
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:recent_changes:page:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:recent_changes:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:recent_changes:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:recent_changes:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:recent_changes:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:recent_changes:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:recent_changes:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:recent_changes:page:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:recent_changes:page:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:recent_changes:page:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:recent_changes:page:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:recent_changes:page:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "recent_changes:page:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:recent_changes:block:display_title
msgctxt "recent_changes:block:display_title"
msgid "Block"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bloque"
#: views:recent_changes:block:use_more_text
msgctxt "recent_changes:block:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:recent_changes:block:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "recent_changes:block:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:recent_changes:block:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:block:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:recent_changes:block:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:block:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:recent_changes:block:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:block:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:recent_changes:block:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "recent_changes:block:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:display_title
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:argument:node:term_node_tid_depth:exception:title
-msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:argument:node:term_node_tid_depth:exception:title"
+msgctxt ""
+"taxonomy_term:default:argument:node:term_node_tid_depth:exception:title"
msgid "All"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Todo"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:argument:node:term_node_tid_depth:title
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:argument:node:term_node_tid_depth:title"
msgid "%1"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%1"
#: views:taxonomy_term:default:argument:node:term_node_tid_depth_modifier:exception:title
-msgctxt "taxonomy_term:default:argument:node:term_node_tid_depth_modifier:exception:title"
+msgctxt ""
+"taxonomy_term:default:argument:node:term_node_tid_depth_modifier:exception:tit"
+"le"
msgid "All"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Todo"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:display_title
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:display_title"
msgid "Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:use_more_text
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:taxonomy_term:page:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:page:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:display_title
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:display_title"
@@ -891,147 +901,147 @@
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:use_more_text
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:taxonomy_term:feed:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "taxonomy_term:feed:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:articles:default:display_title
msgctxt "articles:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:articles:default:title
msgctxt "articles:default:title"
msgid "Articles"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Artículos"
#: views:articles:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "articles:default:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:articles:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "articles:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:articles:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "articles:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:articles:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "articles:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:articles:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "articles:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:articles:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "articles:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:articles:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "articles:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:articles:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "articles:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:articles:default:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "articles:default:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:articles:default:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "articles:default:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:articles:default:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "articles:default:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:articles:default:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "articles:default:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:articles:default:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "articles:default:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:articles:default:empty:views:result:label
msgctxt "articles:default:empty:views:result:label"
msgid "No items to display"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "No hay ítems que mostrar"
#: views:articles:default:empty:views:result:content
msgctxt "articles:default:empty:views:result:content"
@@ -1039,76 +1049,78 @@
"We are sorry but no content of the selected type has been published "
"yet."
msgstr ""
+"Lo sentimos, pero no se ha publicado ningún contenido del tipo seleccionado "
+"aún."
#: views:articles:page:display_title
msgctxt "articles:page:display_title"
msgid "Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página"
#: views:articles:page:use_more_text
msgctxt "articles:page:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:articles:page:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "articles:page:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:articles:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "articles:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:articles:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "articles:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:articles:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "articles:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:articles:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "articles:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:articles:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "articles:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:articles:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "articles:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:articles:page:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "articles:page:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:articles:page:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "articles:page:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:articles:page:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "articles:page:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:articles:page:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "articles:page:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:articles:page:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "articles:page:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:articles:feed:display_title
msgctxt "articles:feed:display_title"
@@ -1118,107 +1130,107 @@
#: views:articles:feed:use_more_text
msgctxt "articles:feed:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:articles:feed:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "articles:feed:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:articles:feed:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "articles:feed:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:articles:feed:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "articles:feed:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:articles:feed:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "articles:feed:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:articles:feed:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "articles:feed:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:howtos:default:display_title
msgctxt "howtos:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:howtos:default:title
msgctxt "howtos:default:title"
msgid "HOWTOs"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CÓMOs"
#: views:howtos:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "howtos:default:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:howtos:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "howtos:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:howtos:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "howtos:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:howtos:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "howtos:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:howtos:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "howtos:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:howtos:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "howtos:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:howtos:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "howtos:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:howtos:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "howtos:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:howtos:default:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "howtos:default:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:howtos:default:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "howtos:default:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:howtos:default:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "howtos:default:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:howtos:default:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "howtos:default:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:howtos:default:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "howtos:default:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:howtos:default:empty:views:area_text_custom:content
msgctxt "howtos:default:empty:views:area_text_custom:content"
@@ -1228,6 +1240,12 @@
"<p>If you are logged in, try again later after a new content is added, "
"or <a href=\"node/add\">add</a> it yourself.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Actualmente no se muestra ningún contenido. Tenga en cuenta que los "
+"usuarios anónimos "
+"no pueden ver el contenido restringido.</p>\n"
+"<p>Si ha iniciado sesión, pruebe de nuevo más tarde después de que se haya "
+"añadido un contenido nuevo, "
+"o <a href=\"node/add\">añádalo</a> usted mismo.</p>"
#: views:howtos:default:field:node:title:empty
msgctxt "howtos:default:field:node:title:empty"
@@ -1235,76 +1253,78 @@
"We are sorry but no content of the selected type has been published "
"yet. See you later!"
msgstr ""
+"Lo sentimos, pero no se ha publicado ningún contenido del tipo seleccionado "
+"aún. ¡Nos vemos luego!"
#: views:howtos:page:display_title
msgctxt "howtos:page:display_title"
msgid "Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página"
#: views:howtos:page:use_more_text
msgctxt "howtos:page:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:howtos:page:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "howtos:page:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:howtos:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "howtos:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:howtos:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "howtos:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:howtos:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "howtos:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:howtos:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "howtos:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:howtos:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "howtos:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:howtos:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "howtos:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:howtos:page:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "howtos:page:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:howtos:page:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "howtos:page:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:howtos:page:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "howtos:page:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:howtos:page:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "howtos:page:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:howtos:page:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "howtos:page:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:howtos:feed:display_title
msgctxt "howtos:feed:display_title"
@@ -1314,177 +1334,178 @@
#: views:howtos:feed:use_more_text
msgctxt "howtos:feed:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:howtos:feed:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "howtos:feed:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:howtos:feed:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "howtos:feed:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:howtos:feed:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "howtos:feed:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:howtos:feed:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "howtos:feed:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:howtos:feed:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "howtos:feed:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:display_title
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:title
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:title"
msgid "Getting Started..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Primeros pasos..."
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
-msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
+msgctxt ""
+"faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:default:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:display_title
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:display_title"
msgid "Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:use_more_text
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:page:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:display_title
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:display_title"
@@ -1494,200 +1515,202 @@
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:use_more_text
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Apply"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aplicar"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "faq_gettingstarted:feed_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:node_search:default:display_title
msgctxt "node_search:default:display_title"
msgid "Master"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Maestro"
#: views:node_search:default:title
msgctxt "node_search:default:title"
msgid "Search ActiveDoc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Buscar en ActiveDoc"
#: views:node_search:default:use_more_text
msgctxt "node_search:default:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:node_search:default:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "node_search:default:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Search"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Buscar"
#: views:node_search:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "node_search:default:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:node_search:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "node_search:default:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:node_search:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "node_search:default:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:node_search:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "node_search:default:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:node_search:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "node_search:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:node_search:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "node_search:default:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:node_search:default:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "node_search:default:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:node_search:default:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "node_search:default:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:node_search:default:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "node_search:default:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:node_search:default:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "node_search:default:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:node_search:default:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "node_search:default:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:node_search:default:empty:views:area_text_custom:content
msgctxt "node_search:default:empty:views:area_text_custom:content"
msgid "Your search returned no results. Try to simplify your request."
msgstr ""
+"Su búsqueda no ha devuelto ningún resultado. Trate de simplificar la consulta."
#: views:node_search:page_1:display_title
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:display_title"
msgid "Page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Página"
#: views:node_search:page_1:use_more_text
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:use_more_text"
msgid "more"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "más"
#: views:node_search:page_1:exposed_form:submit_button
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:exposed_form:submit_button"
msgid "Search"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Buscar"
#: views:node_search:page_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:exposed_form:reset_button_label"
msgid "Reset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
#: views:node_search:page_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:exposed_form:exposed_sorts_label"
msgid "Sort by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ordenar por"
#: views:node_search:page_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:exposed_form:sort_asc_label"
msgid "Asc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ascendente"
#: views:node_search:page_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:exposed_form:sort_desc_label"
msgid "Desc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descendente"
#: views:node_search:page_1:pager:expose:items_per_page_label
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:pager:expose:items_per_page_label"
msgid "Items per page"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ítems por página"
#: views:node_search:page_1:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:pager:expose:items_per_page_options_all_label"
msgid "- All -"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "- Todo -"
#: views:node_search:page_1:pager:expose:offset_label
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:pager:expose:offset_label"
msgid "Offset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desplazamiento"
#: views:node_search:page_1:pager:tags:first
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:pager:tags:first"
msgid "« first"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "« primero"
#: views:node_search:page_1:pager:tags:previous
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:pager:tags:previous"
msgid "‹ previous"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "‹ anterior"
#: views:node_search:page_1:pager:tags:next
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:pager:tags:next"
msgid "next ›"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "siguiente ›"
#: views:node_search:page_1:pager:tags:last
msgctxt "node_search:page_1:pager:tags:last"
msgid "last »"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "último »"
#: views:my_content:page_1:field:node:last_editor:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:field:node:last_editor:label"
msgid "Changed by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Modificado por"
#: views:my_content:page_1:filter:node:title:expose:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:filter:node:title:expose:label"
msgid "Title"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Titulo"
#: views:my_content:page_1:filter:node:type:expose:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:filter:node:type:expose:label"
msgid "Type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tipo"
#: views:my_content:page_1:filter:workflow_node:sid:expose:label
msgctxt "my_content:page_1:filter:workflow_node:sid:expose:label"
msgid "Workflow state"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Estado del flujo de trabajo"
+
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
10 Nov '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-11-10 10:13:43 +0100 (Mon, 10 Nov 2014)
New Revision: 90757
Modified:
trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po
Log:
iplb.es.po: Traducci?\195?\179n completada. (jcsl)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of jcsl
Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2014-11-09 11:03:51 UTC (rev 90756)
+++ trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2014-11-10 09:13:43 UTC (rev 90757)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-14 20:31+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 10:02+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: jcsl <trcs(a)gmx.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <opensuse-translation-es(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: es\n"
@@ -175,7 +175,6 @@
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
@@ -183,221 +182,404 @@
"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
+"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
+"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a "
+"per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
+"used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
+"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
+"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
+"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
+"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
+"used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic"
+"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
+"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
-"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>"
+"|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the "
+"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a "
+"href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
+"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
+"requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any "
+"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
+"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds "
+"will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
+"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
+"configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>"
+"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
+"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>"
+"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options "
+"are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
-"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls "
+"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has "
+"changed on\n"
+"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on "
+"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of "
+"the\n"
"configuration.\n"
-"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> "
+"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>"
+"autoreload</b> is\n"
"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>"
+"configuration</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
-"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the "
+"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the "
+"configuration file changed\n"
+"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, "
+"the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
"</p><p>Default: no\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be "
+"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
+"table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
+"be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
+"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
+"routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
+"information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
+"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
+"kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<"
+"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
+"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
-"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every "
+"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will "
+"increase\n"
+"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many "
+"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate "
+"instances\n"
"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All "
+"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to "
+"run\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a "
+"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">"
+"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a "
+"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>"
+" for details.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>intervalo de comprobación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Define el número de segundos entre comprobaciones del servidor.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 10 segundos\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>límite de tiempo para las comprobaciones</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Límite de tiempo, en segundos, para realizar conexión y para hacer comprobaciones externas y mediante ping. Si se excede el límite de tiempo, entonces el servidor real se considera muerto.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por alguna configuración virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se ha definido checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout, entonces se usa el valor predeterminado.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Límite de tiempo, en segundos, para realizar conexión y para hacer "
+"comprobaciones externas y mediante ping. Si se excede el límite de tiempo, "
+"entonces el servidor real se considera muerto.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. "
+"negotiatetimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por "
+"alguna configuración virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se han definido ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout, entonces se "
+"usa "
+"el valor predeterminado.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 5 segundos\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>conteo de fallos</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que debe comunicarse un fallo durante una comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un valor 1 considerará que realserver ha fallado al primer fracaso. Una comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador a 0.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que debe comunicarse un fallo durante "
+"una comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un "
+"valor 1 considerará que realserver ha fallado al primer fracaso. Una "
+"comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador a 0.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 1\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>límite de tiempo para la negociación</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Límite de tiempo para negociar las comprobaciones.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se ha definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. connecttimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por alguna configuración virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se ha definido ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout, se usa el valor predeterminado.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se ha definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. "
+"connecttimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por "
+"alguna configuración virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se han definido ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout, se usa el "
+"valor predeterminado.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 30 segundos\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>alternativa</big> =</b> <i>dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[:número_de_puerto|nombre_del_servicio]</i> [<b>pasarela</b>|<b>máscara</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>el servidor al que un se redirige un webservice si todos los servidores reales están indispuestos. Normalmente este puede ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>"
+"dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[:número_de_puerto|nombre_del_servicio]</i> [<b>"
+"pasarela</b>|<b>máscara</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>el servidor al que un se redirige un webservice si todos los "
+"servidores reales están indispuestos. Normalmente este puede ser 127.0.0.1 "
+"con una página de emergencia.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>archivo del registro</big> = \"</b><i>/ruta/al/archivo_del_registro</i><b>\"</b>|servicio_syslog\n"
-"</p><p>Con esta directiva se puede especificar un archivo de registro alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no tiene una '/' al principio, se asume que es el nombre de servicio <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3).\n"
-"</p><p>Valor predefinido: enviar el registro directamente al fichero <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>"
+"/ruta/al/archivo_del_registro</i><b>\"</b>|servicio_syslog\n"
+"</p><p>Con esta directiva se puede especificar un archivo de registro "
+"alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no tiene una '/' al principio, se "
+"asume que es el nombre de servicio <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>"
+"(3).\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: enviar el registro directamente al fichero <i>"
+"/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>alerta por correo</big> = \"</b><i>dirección_de_correo</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Una dirección de correo válida a donde enviar alertas sobre el cambio de estado de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que esté instalado\n"
-"el módulo Perl MailTools. Intenta enviar un correo automáticamente usando cualquiera de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>dirección_de_correo</i><b>"
+"\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Una dirección de correo válida a donde enviar alertas sobre el cambio "
+"de estado de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio "
+"virtual. Esta opción requiere que esté instalado\n"
+"el módulo Perl MailTools. Intenta enviar un correo automáticamente usando "
+"cualquiera de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener "
+"más información sobre los métodos.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>frecuencia de la alerta por correo</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Intervalo en segundos entre repeticiones de la alerta por correo mientras que cualquier servidor real in el servicio virtual permanece inaccesible. Un valor igual a cero segundos inhibirá\n"
-"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de la hora del correo de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definidos en la configuración de la opción\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Intervalo en segundos entre repeticiones de la alerta por correo "
+"mientras que cualquier servidor real in el servicio virtual permanece "
+"inaccesible. Un valor igual a cero segundos inhibirá\n"
+"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de la hora del correo de este ajuste "
+"depende del número de segundos definidos en la configuración de la opción\n"
"checkinterval.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>estado de la alerta por correo</big> = todo</b>|<b>nada</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>funcionando</b>|<b>parando</b>|<b>recargando</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se deberían enviar alertas por correo. <b>todos</b> es un atajo para\n"
-"\"<b>iniciando</b>,<b>funcionando</b>,<b>parando</b>,<b>recargando</b>\". Si se especifica <b>nada</b>, no se puede indicar ninguna de las demás opciones, de lo contrario se hace una operación OR\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>nothing</b>|<b>"
+"starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se "
+"deberían enviar alertas por correo. <b>all</b> es un atajo para\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Si "
+"se especifica <b>nada</b>, no se puede indicar ninguna de las demás opciones, "
+"de lo contrario se hace una operación OR\n"
"con ellas.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
-"</p><p>Valor predefinido: todo\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>rellamada</big> = \"</b><i>/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si esta directiva está definida, <b>ldirectord</b> invoca automáticamente el ejecutable <i>/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada</i> después de que el fichero de configuración haya cambiado en\n"
-"el disco. Esto es útil para actualizar el fichero de configuración mediante <b>scp</b> en el otro host comprobado. El primer argumento a la función de rellamada es el nombre de la\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada</i><b>"
+"\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Si esta directiva está definida, <b>ldirectord</b> invoca "
+"automáticamente el ejecutable <i>/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada</i> después de "
+"que el fichero de configuración haya cambiado en\n"
+"el disco. Esto es útil para actualizar el fichero de configuración mediante <"
+"b>scp</b> en el otro host comprobado. El primer argumento a la función de "
+"rellamada es el nombre de la\n"
"configuración.\n"
-"</p><p>Esta directiva también se podría usar para reiniciar <b>ldirectord</b> automáticamente después de cambios en el fichero de configuración en disco. Sin embargo, si <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>Esta directiva también se podría usar para reiniciar <b>ldirectord</b> "
+"automáticamente después de cambios en el fichero de configuración en disco. "
+"Sin embargo, si <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
"está establecido a sí, la configuración se recarga de todas formas.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>ejecutar</big> = \"</b><i>configuración</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la configuración <i>citada</i>.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuración</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la "
+"configuración <i>citada</i>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>autorecarga</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Define <ldirectord> debe comprobar continuamente el fichero de configuración en busca de modificaciones. Si se establece a 'sí' y el fichero de configuración ha cambiado\n"
-"en el disco y su fecha de modificación (mtime) es más reciente que la de la versión anterior, el fichero de configuración se recarga automáticamente.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Define <ldirectord> debe comprobar continuamente el fichero de "
+"configuración en busca de modificaciones. Si se establece a 'yes' y el "
+"fichero "
+"de configuración ha cambiado\n"
+"en el disco y su fecha de modificación (mtime) es más reciente que la de la "
+"versión anterior, el fichero de configuración se recarga automáticamente.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: no\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>reposo</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>sí</i>, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores reales o alternativos están caídos no se eliminan realmente de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel.\n"
-"En vez de eso, su peso se pone a cero para indicar que no se aceptará ninguna conexión nueva.\n"
-"</p><p>Esto tiene el efecto colateral de que, si el servidor real tiene conexiones persistentes, las conexiones desde cualquier cliente existente se redirigirán continuamente al \n"
-"servidor real hasta que el límite de tiempo persistente pueda expirar. Vea ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores "
+"reales o alternativos están caídos no se eliminan realmente de la tabla <"
+"small>LVS</small> del kernel.\n"
+"En vez de eso, su peso se pone a cero para indicar que no se aceptará ninguna "
+"conexión nueva.\n"
+"</p><p>Esto tiene el efecto colateral de que, si el servidor real tiene "
+"conexiones persistentes, las conexiones desde cualquier cliente existente se "
+"redirigirán continuamente al \n"
+"servidor real hasta que el límite de tiempo persistente pueda expirar. Vea "
+"ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n"
"</p><p>Este efecto colateral se puede evitar ejecutando lo siguiente:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no estuviera presente probablemente indicaría que el kernel no tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte <small>LVS</small> no se ha cargado o que el kernel es demasiado\n"
-"viejo para tener un fichero proc. La ejecución de ipvsadm como root debería cargar <small>LVS</small> en el kernel si es posible.\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>no</i>, entonces los servidores reales o alternativos se eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel. El valor predeterminado es <i>sí</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
-"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>sí</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no estuviera presente probablemente indicaría que "
+"el kernel no tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte <small>LVS</small> no se "
+"ha cargado o que el kernel es demasiado\n"
+"viejo para tener un fichero proc. La ejecución de ipvsadm como root debería "
+"cargar <small>LVS</small> en el kernel si es posible.\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>no</i>, entonces los servidores reales o alternativos se "
+"eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel. El valor predeterminado "
+"es <i>sí</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>bifurcar</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>sí</i>, entonces ldirectord creará un proceso hijo para cada servidor virtual y efectuará comprobaciones contra el servidor real desde ellos. Esto incrementa\n"
-"los tiempos de respuesta a los cambios en el estado del servidor real en configuraciones con muchos servidores virtuales. Puede que también puede use menos memoria que al ejecutar instancias separadas\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>bifurcar</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces ldirectord creará un proceso hijo para cada "
+"servidor virtual y efectuará comprobaciones contra el servidor real desde "
+"ellos. Esto incrementa\n"
+"los tiempos de respuesta a los cambios en el estado del servidor real en "
+"configuraciones con muchos servidores virtuales. Puede que también puede use "
+"menos memoria que al ejecutar instancias separadas\n"
"de ldirectord. Los procesos hijo se reinician automáticamente si mueren.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>supervisado</big> = sí</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>sí</i>, entoces ldirectord no pasa a segundo plano. Todos los mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout en vez de a logfile. Esto es útil para ejecutar\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervisado por daemontools. Vea <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> para obtener más detalles.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces ldirectord no pasa a segundo plano. Todos "
+"los "
+"mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout en vez de a logfile. Esto es útil "
+"para ejecutar\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervisado por daemontools. Vea <a "
+"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">"
+"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o <a "
+"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>"
+" para obtener más detalles.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
-"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>"
+"(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
+"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than "
+"zero. The\n"
+"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> "
+"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual "
+"service\n"
"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
-"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
-"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
-"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
-"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
-"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
-"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
-"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
-"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
-"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>"
+"ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><"
+"b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
+"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended "
+"primarily for\n"
+"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a "
+"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in "
+"which case\n"
+"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server "
+"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must "
+"be\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and "
+"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will "
+"be\n"
+"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive "
+"pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the "
+"request-receive\n"
+"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the "
+"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
+"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is "
+"used.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual "
+"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> "
+"address of a\n"
+"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running "
+"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its "
+"virtual\n"
+"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is "
+"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way "
+"that the\n"
"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
-"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
-"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The "
+"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, "
+"emailalertfreq and\n"
+"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in "
+"which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
-"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
-"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
-"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
-"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>"
+"|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a "
+"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> "
+"connection, thus the\n"
+"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then "
+"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one "
+"negotiate\n"
+"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and "
+"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real "
+"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> "
+"services. Off\n"
+"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be "
+"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always "
+"be\n"
"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
-"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>"
+"imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>"
+"oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>"
+"|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None "
+"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it "
+"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the "
+"server\n"
+"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b>"
+" sections for protocol specific information.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
@@ -420,7 +602,9 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run "
+"to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if "
+"everything\n"
"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
@@ -431,68 +615,103 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service "
+"port.\n"
"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real "
+"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be "
+"overridden by\n"
"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
-"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or "
+"the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL<"
+"/small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one "
+"or more\n"
"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
-"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any "
+"occurances of \n"
" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
-"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the "
+"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind "
+"that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special "
+"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be "
+"overridden by an\n"
"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's "
+"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
-"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
-"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD<"
+"/small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the "
+"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is "
+"the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is "
+"used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
-"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
-"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>"
+"HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. "
+"In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of "
+"the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort "
+"the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
+"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log "
+"in.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from "
+"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the "
+"configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is "
+"derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication "
+"will not be attempted.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <"
+"small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where "
+"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run "
+"time, or sourced\n"
"from uname if unset.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , "
+"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be "
+"performed.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the "
+"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed "
+"against. This\n"
"is a required setting.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform "
+"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd "
+"(set by\n"
"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
"\n"
@@ -506,78 +725,548 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an "
+"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">"
+"ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP<"
+"/small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall "
+"mark then the\n"
"protocol must be fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port "
+"is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is "
+"53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
+"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
+"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a "
+"per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
+"used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
+"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
+"used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
+"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
+"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
+"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
+"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
+"requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any "
+"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
+"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds "
+"will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
+"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
+"configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>"
+"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
+"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>"
+"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options "
+"are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic"
+"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
+"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be "
+"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
+"table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
+"be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
+"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
+"routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
+"information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
+"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
+"kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<"
+"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
+"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>"
+"(dirección_ip|nombre_de_host:número_del_puerto|nombre_del_servicio)|firewall-m"
+"ark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Define un servicio virtual por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y "
+"puerto (o nombre del servicio) o firewall-mark. firewall-mark es un entero "
+"mayor que cero. La\n"
+"configuración del marcado de paquetes se controla usando la opción <tt>"
+"\"-m\"</tt> de <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos los servicios reales e indicadores "
+"de un servicio virtual\n"
+"deben ir inmediatamente después de esta línea y estar sangradas.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>"
+"dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[->dirección_ip|nombre_de_host][:número_de_puert"
+"o|nombre_del_servicio</i>]\n"
+"<b>pasarela</b>|<b>máscara</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>peso</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>"
+"solicitud<"
+"/i><b>\", \"</b><i>recepción</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Define un servicio real por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y puerto "
+"(o nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, entonces se usa 0, estando "
+"esto pensado así principalmente para\n"
+"servicios fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto de los servidores reales. De "
+"forma opcional, se puede proporcionar un rango de direcciones <small>IP<"
+"/small> (o dos nombres de host), en cuyo caso\n"
+"cada dirección <small>IP</small> en el rango será tratada como un servidor "
+"que usa el puerto dado. El segundo argumento define el método de "
+"redireccionamiento, y debe ser\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> o <b>masq</b>. El tercer argumento es opcional y "
+"define el peso para dicho servidor real. Si se omite, entonces se usa un peso "
+"1\n"
+". Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par "
+"solicitud-recepción que se usa para comprobar si el servidor está vivo. "
+"Sobrescriben el par solicitud-recepción\n"
+"de la sección de servidor virtual. Las dos cadenas de texto deben estar "
+"entrecomilladas. Si la cadena de solicitud empieza por http://..., la "
+"dirección IP y el puerto del servidor real\n"
+"se ignoran, en otro caso se usan la dirección IP y puerto del servidor real.\n"
+"</p><p>Para servicios virtuales <small>TCP</small> y <small>UDP</small> (no "
+"fwmark), a menos que el método de redireccionamiento sea masq y la dirección "
+"<small>IP</small> de un\n"
+"servidor real no sea local (no presente en una interfaz en el host que está "
+"ejecutando ldirectord), entonces el puerto del servidor real se hará igual al "
+"de su servicio\n"
+"virtual. Es decir, port-mapping solo está disponible si el servidor real es "
+"otra máquina y el método de redireccionamiento es masq. Esto es debido al "
+"modo en el que\n"
+"funciona el código subyacente de <small>LVS</small> en el kernel.\n"
+"</p><p>Dentro de una sección virtual pueden residir más de una de esas "
+"entradas. Las opciones checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, "
+"fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq y\n"
+"quiescent listadas arriba pueden aparecer dentro de una sección virtual, en "
+"cuyo caso se sobrescribe el valor global.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>"
+"negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Tipo de comprobación a realizar. Negotiate envía una petición y hace "
+"una comparación con la cadena de texto recibida. Connect solo intenta hacer "
+"un conexión <small>TCP/IP</small>, así que\n"
+"las cadenas de solicitud y recepción se pueden omitir. Si checktype es un "
+"número, entonces negotiate y connect se combinan de forma que cada N intentos "
+"de conexión se realiza un intento\n"
+"negotiate. Esto es útil para comprobar con frecuencia si un servicio responde "
+"y en intervalos mucho mayores se realiza una comprobación negotiate. Ping "
+"indica que\n"
+"se va a usar un ping <small>ICMP</small> para comprobar la disponibilidad de "
+"servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión para "
+"servicios <small>UDP</small>. Off\n"
+"quiere decir que no se realiza ninguna comprobación y que no se activa "
+"ninguno de los servidores reales o de respaldo. On significa que no se "
+"realiza ninguna comprobación y que los servidores reales se activan\n"
+"siempre. El valor predefinido es <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<"
+"b>"
+"imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>"
+"oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>"
+"|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>El tipo de servicio a monitorizar cuando se usa checktype=negotiate. "
+"None "
+"denota un servicio que no será monitorizado.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp envía la cadena de <b>solicitud</b> al servidor y la "
+"comprueba "
+"con la expresión regular <b>recepción</b>. Los otros tipos de comprobación "
+"conectan con "
+"el servidor\n"
+"usando el protocolo especificado. Por favor, ve las secciones <b>solicitud</b>"
+" y <b>recepción</b>"
+" para obtener la información específica del protocolo.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido:\n"
+"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
+"<dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 21: ftp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 25: smtp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 53: dns\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 80: http\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 110: pop\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 119: nntp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 143: imap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 389: ldap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 443: https\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 993: imaps\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 995: pops\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 1521: oracle\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 1812: radius\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 3306: mysql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 5432: pgsql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 5060: sip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: none\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>ruta a guión</i><b>"
+"\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Esta configuración se usa si checktype es external y se trata del comando "
+"que se va a ejecutar "
+"para comprobar el estado del servidor real. Debería terminar con código de "
+"salida 0 si "
+"todo\n"
+"va bien, o un valor distinto de cero en caso contrario.\n"
+"</p><p>Se pasan cuatro parámetros al guión:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* ip/firewall mark del servidor virtual\n"
+"</dt><dt>* puerto del servidor virtual\n"
+"</dt><dt>* ip del servidor real\n"
+"</dt><dt>* puerto del servidor real\n"
+"</dt><dt>Valor predefinido: /bin/true\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Número del puerto a monitorizar. A veces el puerto de comprobación "
+"difiere del puerto de "
+"servicio.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: puerto especificado para cada servidor real\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri al objeto solicitado</i><b>\"</b>"
+"\n"
+"</p><p>El objeto será solicitado cada checkinterval segundos en cada servidor "
+"real. La cadena de texto debe estar entrecomillada. Tenga en cuenta que dicha "
+"cadena puede ser "
+"sobrescrita por\n"
+"una cadena de solicitud opcional dada de un servidor real.\n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación <small>DNS</small> esta debería ser el nombre de "
+"un registro A, o "
+"la dirección de un registro <small>PTR</small> donde buscar.\n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debería ser una "
+"consulta <small>SQL<"
+"/small>. El dato devuelto no se comprueba, solo se mira que la respuesta "
+"tenga una "
+"o más\n"
+"filas. Este valor de configuración es obligatorio.\n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación simpletcp, la cadena se envía textualmente "
+"excepto que "
+"cualquier ocurrencia de \n"
+" que son sustituidas con un carácter de nueva línea.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>expresión regular con la que "
+"comparar</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Si el resultado de la solicitud contiene esta <i>expresión regular con "
+"la que comparar</i>, el "
+"servidor real es declarado vivo. La expresión regular debe estar "
+"entrecomillada. Tenga en mente "
+"que\n"
+"las expresiones regulares no son simples cadenas de texto y que es necesario "
+"usar caracteres de escape para los caracteres "
+"especiales si se deben tratar como literales. Advierta que la expresión "
+"regular puede ser "
+"sobrescrita por una\n"
+"expresión regular opcional dada de un servidor real.\n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación <small>DNS</small> debería ser cualquiera de las "
+"direcciones de "
+" registros A o cualquiera de los nombres de registros <small>PTR</small>.\n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación MySQL, el valor recibido no se usa.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD<"
+"/small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Establece el método <small>HTTP</small> que se debe usar para buscar "
+"el "
+"<small>URI</small> especificado en la cadena de texto specified in the "
+"request. <small>GET</small> es "
+"el\n"
+"método usado por defecto si no se le asigna un valor al parámetro. Si se usa "
+"<small>HEAD</small>, "
+"se debería eliminar el valor de la cadena de texto receive.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <small>GET</small>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>nombre de host</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Se usa cuando se utiliza una comprobación negotiate con <small>HTTP<"
+"/small> o <small>"
+"HTTPS</small> . Establece la cabecera del host en la solicitud <small>HTTP<"
+"/small>. "
+"En el\n"
+"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, en general, es necesario que este coincida con "
+"el nombre común del "
+"certificado <small>SSL</small>. Si no se establece, entonces la cabecera del "
+"host se\n"
+"derivará a partir de la url de la solicitud del servidor real si existe. Como "
+"último recurso "
+"se usa la dirección <small>IP</small> del servidor real.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>nombre de usuario</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
+"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> y PostgreSQL, es el nombre de usuario para "
+"iniciar "
+"sesión.\n"
+"</p><p>Con Radius se usa passwd para el atributo User-Name.\n"
+"</p><p>Con <small>SIP</small> , se usa el nombre de usuario tanto para la "
+"dirección desde "
+"como para la dirección hasta en una consulta <small>OPTIONS</small>.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la "
+"configuración\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname se "
+"deduce como en la opción passwd de abajo.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía, que denota el caso en el que no se "
+"intenta la autenticación.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>contraseña</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Contraseña a usar par iniciar sesión en servidores <small>FTP</small> , <"
+"small>IMAP</small> , <"
+"small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL y\n"
+"<small>SIP</small>.\n"
+"</p><p>Con Radius se usa passwd para el atributo User-Password.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, donde "
+"nombre de host es la variable de entorno <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluada en "
+"tiempo "
+"de ejecución, u obtenida\n"
+"de uname is no tiene valor asignado.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía. En el caso de <small>LDAP</small> , "
+"MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL esto quiere decir que que no se realizará la "
+"autenticación.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>nombre_de_la_base_de_datos</i>"
+"<b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Base de datos a utilizar por servidores MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL, siendo "
+"esta la "
+"base de datos sobre la que se realizará la consulta (establecida con <b>"
+"receive</b> más arriba). "
+"Este\n"
+"ajuste es obligatorio.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Secreto a usar en servidores Radius, siendo este el secreto usado para "
+"realizar "
+"una solicitud de acceso con el nombre de usuario (establecido con <b>login</b>"
+" más arriba) y passwd "
+"(establecido con\n"
+"<b>passwd</b> más arriba).\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: cadena vacía\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Número de segundos para conexiones de clientes persistentes.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Máscara de red a usar para la granularidad de las conexiones de "
+"cliente persistentes.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Planificador a usar por <small>LVS</small> para el balanceo de carga. "
+"Para obtener "
+"información sobre los planificadores disponibles, por favor, vea la página "
+"man <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">"
+"ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: \"wrr\"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Protocolo a usar. Se se especifica el virtual como una dirección <"
+"small>IP<"
+"/small> y puerto, entonces debe ser o tcp o udp. Si es un firewall "
+"mark entonces el\n"
+"protocolo debe ser fwm.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predeterminado:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y puerto, y el "
+"puerto "
+"no es el 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual no es una dirección <small>IP</small> y puerto, y el "
+"puerto es "
+"53: udp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual es un firewall mark: fwm\n"
+"</dt></dl>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Tiempo de espera en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, "
+"externas y ping. Si se "
+"excede el tiempo de espera, entonces el servidor real se declara inactivo.\n"
+"</p><p>Se se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es "
+"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. "
+"negotiatetimeout es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una "
+"configuración virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout están definidas, se usa el "
+"valor "
+"predefinido.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 5 segundos\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Tiempo de espera en segundos para comprobaciones negotiate.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es "
+"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. "
+"connecttimeout "
+"es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una configuración "
+"virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout están definidas, se usa el "
+"valor "
+"predefinido.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 30 segundos\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que se debe comunicar un fallo en una "
+"comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un valor 1 "
+"considera que realserver falla al primer error. Una "
+"comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador de fallos a 0.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es "
+"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 1\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre "
+"cambios en el estado "
+"de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. "
+"Esta opción "
+"requiere que esté instalado\n"
+"el módulo perl MailTools. Intenta el envío automático de correo usando "
+"cualquiera "
+"de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener más "
+"información sobre los métodos.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es "
+"sobrescrito.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Retardo en segundos entre repeticiones de alerta por correo mientras "
+"cualquier servidor real dado "
+"en el servicio virtual permanece inaccesible. Un valor de cero segundos "
+"inhibe\n"
+"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de los tiempo del correo de esta "
+"configuración "
+"depende del número de segundos definidos en la opción de "
+"configuración\n"
+"checkinterval.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es "
+"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 0\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>"
+"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se debe "
+"enviar "
+"alertas. <b>all</b> es una forma abreviada para\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Si se "
+"indica <b>"
+"none</b>, no se debe especificar ninguna otra opción, en caso contrario se "
+"hace una "
+"operación OR\n"
+"con ellas.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es "
+"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: all\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic"
+"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>el servidor al que se redirige un webservice si todos los servidores "
+"reales "
+"están caídos. Normalmente este sería 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es "
+"sobrescrito.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores "
+"reales o de respaldo están "
+"caídos, no se eliminan realmente de la tabla <small>LVS</small> "
+"del kernel.\n"
+"En vez de eso, su peso se hace cero para indicar que no se aceptan conexiones "
+"nuevas.\n"
+"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto colateral que si el servidor real tiene "
+"conexiones "
+"persistentes, las conexiones nuevas desde cualquiera de los clientes "
+"existentes continuarán siendo "
+"dirigidas\n"
+"al servidor real hasta que el tiempo de espera de la conexión persistente "
+"expire. Vea ipvsadm para obtener "
+"información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>Este efecto colateral se puede evitar ejecutando lo siguiente:\n"
+"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
+"</p><p>Si el archivo no existe en proc probablemente significa que el kernel "
+"no "
+"tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte para <small>LVS</small> no está "
+"cargado o que "
+"el kernel es demasiado\n"
+"viejo para tener el archivo en proc. Al ejecutar ipvsadm como root se debería "
+"cargar <small>LVS<"
+"/small> en el kernel si es posible.\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>no</i>, entonces los servidores reales o de respaldo se "
+"eliminan de "
+"la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel. El valor predeterminado es <i>yes</i>"
+".\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
+"valor global es "
+"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
#. overwrite global value part
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146
@@ -607,7 +1296,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162
msgid "Receive"
-msgstr "Recibir"
+msgstr "Recepción"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165
msgid "Virtual Host"
@@ -741,7 +1430,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr "Iniciando..."
+msgstr "Inicializando..."
#. Read all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -808,3 +1497,5 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumen de la configuración..."
+
+
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0